superseded version 3 - part 6 zones - 6.2.7 industry zone ......rad18 po41,po44 po40,po43 po39,po42...

233
6.2.7 Industry zone code 6.2.7.1 Application - Industry zone This code applies to undertaking development in the Industry zone, if: 1. the development has been categorised as either accepted development subject to requirements or assessable development - code assessment, and this code is identified as applicable to that development in the assessment benchmarks for assessable development and requirements for accepted development column of a table of assessment (Part 5); 2. the development has been categorised as assessable development - impact assessment (Part 5). When using this code, reference should be made to section 5.3.2 Determining the category of development and category of assessment and, where applicable, section 5.3.3 Determining and applying the requirements for accepted development and the assessment benchmarks for assessable development located in Part 5. For accepted development subject to requirements or assessable development under this Code: 1. Part A of the code applies to accepted development subject to requirements in all precincts; 2. Part B of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.1 'Mixed industry and business precinct'; 3. Part C of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.2 'Light industry precinct'; 4. Part D of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.3 'General industry precinct'; 5. Part E of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.4 'Restricted industry precinct'; 6. Part F of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.5 'Marine industry precinct'. 6.2.7.2 Purpose - Industry zone 1. The purpose of the Industry zone code is to provide for a range of service, low, medium, or high impact industrial uses. It may include non-industrial and business uses that support the industrial activities where they do not compromise the long-term use of the land for industrial purposes. 2. Industry areas contain high quality, fully serviced, accessible land accommodating a wide range of industrial and supporting activities in accordance with acceptable environmental standards and with minimal impact on surrounding uses. The purpose of the Industry zone code is to implement the policy direction as set out in Part 3, Strategic Framework. The Industry zone contains 5 precincts which have the following purpose: a. The Mixed industry and business precinct will facilitate a range of low impact industry (42) and associated commercial uses which have a nexus with other industrial activities occurring in the precinct. b. The Light industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long term viability of a range of low impact and low intensity industrial and business activities which are compatible with adjacent commercial and residential areas. c. The General industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long term viability of a broad range of industrial uses which provide significant employment opportunities and require locations which are well separated from incompatible uses. d. The Restricted industry precinct will support the continued viability of a range of high impact and hard to locate industrial uses which contribute significantly to the regional economy and require locations which are well separated from incompatible uses. e. The Marine industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long-term viability waterfront-based industry and associated commercial activities which require direct access to a waterway. 1731 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016 6 Zones

Upload: others

Post on 21-Nov-2020

13 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7 Industry zone code

6.2.7.1 Application - Industry zone

This code applies to undertaking development in the Industry zone, if:

1. the development has been categorised as either accepted development subject to requirements or assessabledevelopment - code assessment, and this code is identified as applicable to that development in the assessmentbenchmarks for assessable development and requirements for accepted development column of a table ofassessment (Part 5);

2. the development has been categorised as assessable development - impact assessment (Part 5).

When using this code, reference should be made to section 5.3.2 Determining the category of development andcategory of assessment and, where applicable, section 5.3.3 Determining and applying the requirements for accepteddevelopment and the assessment benchmarks for assessable development located in Part 5.

For accepted development subject to requirements or assessable development under this Code:

1. Part A of the code applies to accepted development subject to requirements in all precincts;

2. Part B of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.1 'Mixed industry and business precinct';

3. Part C of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.2 'Light industry precinct';

4. Part D of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.3 'General industry precinct';

5. Part E of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.4 'Restricted industry precinct';

6. Part F of the code applies only to assessable development in the 6.2.7.5 'Marine industry precinct'.

6.2.7.2 Purpose - Industry zone

1. The purpose of the Industry zone code is to provide for a range of service, low, medium, or high impact industrialuses. It may include non-industrial and business uses that support the industrial activities where they do notcompromise the long-term use of the land for industrial purposes.

2. Industry areas contain high quality, fully serviced, accessible land accommodating a wide range of industrialand supporting activities in accordance with acceptable environmental standards and with minimal impact onsurrounding uses. The purpose of the Industry zone code is to implement the policy direction as set out in Part3, Strategic Framework. The Industry zone contains 5 precincts which have the following purpose:

a. The Mixed industry and business precinct will facilitate a range of low impact industry(42) and associatedcommercial uses which have a nexus with other industrial activities occurring in the precinct.

b. The Light industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long term viability of a range of low impact andlow intensity industrial and business activities which are compatible with adjacent commercial and residentialareas.

c. The General industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long term viability of a broad range of industrialuses which provide significant employment opportunities and require locations which are well separatedfrom incompatible uses.

d. The Restricted industry precinct will support the continued viability of a range of high impact and hard tolocate industrial uses which contribute significantly to the regional economy and require locations whichare well separated from incompatible uses.

e. The Marine industry precinct will facilitate and maintain the long-term viability waterfront-based industryand associated commercial activities which require direct access to a waterway.

1731Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 2: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.3 Accepted development subject to requirements

If development is to be categorised as accepted development subject to requirements it must comply with therequirements for accepted development set out in Part A, Table 6.2.7.1. Where the development does not meet arequirement for accepted development (RAD) within Part A, Table 6.2.7.1, the category of development changes toassessable development under the rules outlined in section 5.3.3. (1), and assessment is against the correspondingperformance outcome (PO) identified in the table below. This only occurs whenever a RAD is not met, and istherefore limited to the subject matter of the RADs that are not complied with. To remove any doubt, for those RADsthat are complied with, there is no need for assessment against the corresponding PO.

Marine industryprecinct -

correspondingperformanceoutcome

Restricted industryprecinct -

correspondingperformanceoutcome

General industryprecinct -

correspondingperformanceoutcome

Light industryprecinct -

correspondingperformanceoutcome

Mixed industry andbusiness precinct -correspondingperformanceoutcome

Requirements foraccepted

development

PO4PO1PO1PO1PO1RAD1

PO5PO2PO2PO2PO2RAD2

PO6, PO7, PO8PO3, PO4PO3, PO4PO3, PO4PO3, PO4RAD3

PO11PO7PO7PO8PO8RAD4

PO21PO16PO16PO17PO18RAD5

PO14PO10PO10PO11PO11RAD6

PO18PO14PO14PO15PO16RAD7

PO29PO24PO24PO25PO26RAD8

PO30-34PO25-29PO25-29PO26-30PO27-31RAD9

PO33, PO34PO31, PO32PO31, PO32PO32, PO33PO33, PO34RAD10

PO36, PO37PO31, PO32PO31, PO32PO32, PO33PO33, PO34RAD11

PO39PO34PO34PO35PO36RAD12

PO41PO36PO36PO37PO38RAD13

PO43PO38PO38PO39PO40RAD14

PO44PO39PO39PO40PO41RAD15

PO46PO41PO41PO42PO43RAD16

PO48PO43PO43PO44PO45RAD17

PO41, PO44PO39, PO42PO39, PO42PO40, PO43PO41, PO44RAD18

PO43PO41PO41PO42PO43RAD19

PO50PO45PO45PO46PO47RAD20

PO55PO50PO50PO51PO52RAD21

PO52PO47PO47PO48PO49RAD22

PO56PO51PO51PO52PO53RAD23

PO56PO51PO51PO52PO53RAD24

PO54PO52PO52PO53PO54RAD25

PO7, PO8, PO17,PO19, PO20, PO21,PO22, PO23, PO60

PO4, PO7, PO13,PO15, PO16, PO17,PO18, PO55

PO4, PO7, PO13,PO15, PO16, PO17,PO18, PO56

PO4, PO8, PO14,PO16, PO17, PO18,PO19, PO56

PO4, PO8, PO15,PO17, PO18, PO19,PO20, PO57

RAD26

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1732

6 Zones

Page 3: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

PO59PO54PO54PO55PO56RAD27

PO59PO55PO55PO55PO56RAD28

PO69PO58PO62PO59PO59RAD29

PO25 - PO28PO19 - PO22PO19 - PO22PO20 - PO23PO21 - PO24RAD30

PO25 - PO28PO19 - PO22PO19 - PO22PO20 - PO23PO21 - PO24RAD31

PO75PO64PO71PO75PO76RAD32

PO76PO65PO72PO76PO77RAD33

PO77PO66PO73PO77PO78RAD34

PO77PO66PO73PO77PO78RAD35

PO77PO66PO73PO77PO78RAD36

PO77PO66PO73PO77PO78RAD37

PO79PO68PO75PO79PO80RAD38

PO80PO76PO76PO80PO81RAD39

PO81 - PO92PO70 - PO81PO77 - PO88PO81 - PO92PO82 - PO93RAD40

PO81 - PO92PO70 - PO81PO77 - PO88PO81 - PO92PO82 - PO93RAD41

N/AN/APO89PO93PO94RAD42

N/AN/APO90PO94PO95RAD43

N/AN/APO91PO95PO96RAD44

N/AN/APO92PO96PO97RAD45

N/AN/APO93PO97PO98RAD46

N/AN/APO94PO98PO99RAD47

PO51PO46PO46PO48PO48RAD48

PO93PO82PO95PO99PO100RAD49

PO93PO82PO95PO99PO100RAD50

PO96PO85PO98PO102PO103RAD51

PO96PO85PO98PO102PO103RAD52

PO96PO85PO98PO102PO103RAD53

N/AN/APO99PO103PO104RAD54

N/AN/APO100PO104PO105RAD55

N/AN/APO101, PO102PO105, PO106PO106, PO107RAD56

N/AN/APO104PO108PO109RAD57

PO97-PO99,PO101-PO103

PO86-PO88,PO105-PO107,PO108-PO110

PO108-PO110,PO112-PO114

PO110-PO112,PO114-PO116

RAD58

PO90-PO92

PO97-PO99,PO101-PO103

PO86-PO88,PO105-PO107,PO109-PO111

PO108-PO110,PO112-PO114

PO110-PO112,PO114-PO116

RAD59

PO90-PO92

1733Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 4: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

PO97-PO99PO86-PO88PO105-PO107PO108-PO110PO110-PO112RAD60

PO100PO92PO108PO111PO113RAD61

PO104PO93PO112PO115PO117RAD62

PO105PO94PO113PO116PO118RAD63

Part A—Requirements for accepted development - All precincts

Table 6.2.7.1 Requirements for accepted development - All precincts

Requirements for accepted development

General requirements

Extensions to existing buildings

Extensions to an existing building do not exceed 20% of the existing GFA on-site.RAD1

Note - The 20% increase in GFA includes all previous instances of GFA increase under this outcome, or as part of Building Work.

Building height

Building height does not exceed the maximum height identified on Overlay map - Building heights.RAD2

Setbacks

Extensions to buildings maintain a minimum setback of:RAD3

a. 6m to the street frontage (other than the Bruce Highway);

b. 3m to the secondary street frontage;

c. 5m to land not included in the Industry zone;

d. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.

Landscaping

Development does not result in a net reduction in established landscaping on the site.RAD4

Lighting

Artificial lighting on-site is directed and shielded in such a manner as not to exceed the recommendedmaximum values of light technical parameters for the control of obtrusive light given in Table 2.1 of theAustralian Standard AS 4282 (1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting.

RAD5

Note - "Curfewed hours" are taken to be those between 10pm and 7am the following day.

Car parking

On-site car parking is provided at a rate identified in Schedule 7 - Car parking.RAD6

Waste

Bins and bin storage area/s are provided, designed and managed in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Waste.

RAD7

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1734

6 Zones

Page 5: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Clearing of habitat trees where not located in the Environmental areas overlay map

Development does not result in the damaging, destroyed or clearing of a habitat tree. This does not applyto:

RAD8

a. Clearing of a habitat tree located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of a habitat tree within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary foremergency access or immediately required in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of a habitat tree reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses toserious personal injury or damage to infrastructure;

d. Clearing of a habitat tree reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fenceand not exceed 4m in width either side of the fence where in the Rural , Rural residential andEnvironmental management and conservation zones. In any other zone, clearing is not to exceed2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of a habitat tree reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within aregistered easement for public infrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of a habitat tree in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified person, submitted to and accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of a habitat tree associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existingopen pastures and cropping land, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Editor's note - A native tree measuring greater than 80cm in diameter when measured at 1.3m from the ground is recognised asa ‘habitat tree’. For further information on habitat trees, refer to Planning scheme policy – Environmental areas and corridors.Information detailing how this measurement is undertaken is provided in Australian Standard AS 4970 2009 Protection of Treeson Development Sites - Appendix A.

Works requirements

Utilities

Where available, the development is connected to:RAD9

a. an existing reticulated electricity supply;b. telecommunications and broadband;c. reticulated sewerage;d. reticulated water;e. sealed and dedicated road.

Access

Any new or changes to existing site access and driveways are designed and located in accordance with:RAD10

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1 section 3; orb. Where for a State-Controlled road, the Safe Intersection Sight Distance requirements in AustRoads

and the appropriate IPWEAQ standard drawings, or a copy of a Transport Infrastructure Act 1994,section 62 approval.

1735Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 6: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Any new or changes to existing internal driveways and access ways are designed and constructed inaccordance with AS/NZS2890.1 Parking Facilities – Off street car parking and the relevant standards inPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design.

RAD11

Stormwater

Any new or changes to existing stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a point of lawful dischargewithout causing nuisance or annoyance to any person, property or premises in accordance with Planningscheme policy – Integrated design.

RAD12

Note - A watercourse as defined in theWater Act may be accepted as a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage dischargefrom the site does not increase the downstream flood levels during events up to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of+20mm may be accepted on Council controlled land and road infrastructure. No worsening is ensured when stormwater isdischarged into a catchment that includes State Transport Infrastructure.

Development incorporates a minimum of 2% of the site area constructed as a bioretention system inaccordance with Planning scheme policy – Integrated design if the development:

RAD13

a. is for urban purposes only;b. involves a land area greater than 2500m2;c. will result in 6 or more dwellings;

ORwill result in an impervious area greater than 25% of the net developable area;

Site works and construction management

The site and any existing structures are to be maintained in a tidy and safe condition.RAD14

Site construction works incorporate temporary stormwater run-off, erosion and sediment controls andtrash traps designed in accordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning Guidelines, Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management and Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

RAD15

Construction traffic including contractor car parking is controlled in accordance with a traffic managementplan, prepared in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) to ensure alltraffic movements to and from the site are safe.

RAD16

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarily fenced or protected prior to and during developmentworks.

RAD17

Note - No parking of vehicles or storage of machinery or goods is to occur in these areas during development works.

Any damage to Council land or infrastructure is repaired or replaced with the same materials, prior to plansealing, or final building classification.

RAD18

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s) as a result of construction processes associatedwith the site are to be cleaned at all times.

RAD19

Earthworks

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site in accordance with Australian Standard AS3798.RAD20

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenanceand bonding procedures

The total of all excavation (cut) and fill on-site does not exceed 900mm in height.RAD21

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1736

6 Zones

Page 7: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Figure - Cut and fill

Note - This is site eathworks not building work.

Filling or excavation does not result in:RAD22

a. a reduction in cover over any Council or public sector entity infrastructure to less than 600mm;b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within 1.5m on each side of, the Council or public

sector entity infrastructure above that which existed prior to the filling or excavation works beingundertaken.

Note - Public sector entity is defined in Schedule 2 of the Act.

Fire services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to the standard prescribed under the relevant parts ofAustralian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

RAD23

1737Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 8: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the following are the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005):

a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part 3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and their associated outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrants orsuitably signposted in-ground hydrants would be an acceptable alternative;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for fire hydrants - Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well as AppendixB of AS 2419.1 (2005);

c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and other facilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

i. - for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrant coverage need only extend to the roof and external wallsof those buildings;

ii. - for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need only extend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. - for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities, hydrant coverage is required across the entire area of theoutdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoor storage facilities; and

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearance requirements - Part 3.5 and where applicable, Part 3.6.

A continuous path of travel having the following characteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant and hydrant booster point on the land:

RAD24

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;

b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;

c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;

d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to stand within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m of eachhydrant booster point.

For development that contains on-site fire hydrants external to buildings:RAD25

a. those external hydrants can be seen from the vehicular entry point to the site; orb. a sign identifying the following is provided at the vehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (to scale);ii. internal road names (where used);iii. all communal facilities (where provided);iv. the reception area and on-site manager’s office (where provided);v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;vi. physical constraints within the internal roadway system which would restrict access by fire

fighting appliances to external hydrants and hydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood, at all times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5mfrom the sign.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1738

6 Zones

Page 9: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Use specific requirements

Land use

Where within 100m of a sensitive zone:RAD26

a. development is undertaken fully indoors;

b. uses do not create audible noise measured at the boundary of the site between the hours of 7:00pm and 6:00 am;

c. any new plant or air conditioning equipment is not located along adjoining boundaries with sensitiveland uses and screened from view of the street;

d. landscaping and noise attenuating fencing are used to buffer visual and audible impacts generatedfrom the use.

The combined area for ancillary office(53) and administration functions does not exceed 20% of the GFAor 200m2 whichever is the lesser.

RAD27

The display of items for sale to the public is limited to commodities, articles or goods resulting from theindustrial processes undertaken on-site and limited to 5% of the GFA or 100m2 of the use, whichever isthe lesser.

RAD28

Caretaker's accommodation (10)

Caretaker's accommodation(10):RAD29

a. has a maximum GFA of 80m2;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway to the principal use of the site;

c. Includes a minimum 16m2 of private open space directly accessible from a habitable room.

Hazardous Chemicals

All development that involves the storage or handling of hazardous chemicals listed in Schedule 9,Development involving hazardous chemicals, Table 9.0.1 Quantity thresholds for hazardous chemicalsstored as accepted development subject to requirements complies with Table 9.0.3 Hazardous chemicals.

RAD30

Development does not involve the storage or handling of hazardous chemicals listed in Schedule 9,Development involving hazardous chemicals, Table 9.0.2 Hazardous chemicals assessable thresholds.

RAD31

Telecommunications facility(81)

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities(81) must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allow for additional equipment shelters and associatedstructures for the purpose of co-locating on the proposed facility.

RAD32

The development results in no net reduction in the minimum quantity and standard of landscaping, privateor communal open space or car parking spaces required under the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

RAD33

1739Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 10: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Equipment shelters and associated structures are located:RAD34

a. directly beside the existing equipment shelter and associated structures;b. behind the main building line;c. further away from the frontage than the existing equipment shelter and associated structures;d. a minimum of 10m from side and rear boundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractive

industry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is 3m.

Equipment shelters and other associated structures are either the same type of colour or material to matchthe surrounding locality.

RAD35

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by other means to ensure public access is prohibited.RAD36

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is provided around the perimeter of the fenced area, betweenthe development and street frontage and adjoining uses.

RAD37

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, prepared by a suitably qualified person to ensure compliance with Planningscheme policy - Integrated design.

All equipment comprising the telecommunications facility(81) which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporating sound control measures sufficient to ensure nonoise from this equipment can be heard, or felt at the site boundary.

RAD38

Values and constraints requirements

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following requirements apply)

Note - Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils provides guidance for requirements for accepted development that has the potential todisturb acid sulfate

soils i.e. development involving filling or excavation works below the thresholds of 100m3 and 500m3 respectively.

Development does not involve:RAD39

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than 100m3 of soil or sediment where below 5m AustralianHeight Datum AHD, or

b. filling of land of more than 500m3 of material with an average depth of 0.5m or greater where belowthe 5m AHD.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1740

6 Zones

Page 11: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following requirementsapply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this requirement primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), mattersof state environmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES isdefined in Schedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix1 of the Planning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Where no suitable land cleared of native vegetation exists, clearing of native vegetation in High ValueArea or Value Offset Area is for the purpose of a new dwelling house(22) and all associated facilities* oran extension to an existing dwelling house(22) only, and comprises an area no greater than 1500m2.

RAD40

Note - *All associated facilities includes: on-site wastewater treatment, all areas of disturbance, on-site parking, access andmanoeuvring areas.

Editor's note - See in heading above for other uses excluded from native vegetation clearing requirements.

Editor's note - Where vegetation clearance is accepted development subject to requirements, care should be undertaken to avoidadverse impacts on koalas, koala habitat values and habitat connectivity and to encourage existing koala usage of the site.Measures to minimise impacts include:

i. co-locating all associated activities, infrastructure and access strips;ii. be the least valued area of koala habitat on the site;iii. minimise the footprint of the development envelope area;iv. minimise edge effects to areas external to the development envelope;

1741Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 12: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

v. location and design consideration to ensure koala safety and movement in accordance with the Koala-sensitive DesignGuideline and Planning scheme policy – Environmental areas;

vi. sufficient area between the development and koala habitat trees to achieve their long-term viability.

Editor's note - Where vegetation clearing is accepted development subject to requirements, consideration should be given toavoid clearing habitat trees. Habitat trees may contain structural hollows where animals live, breed and shelter. The provision ofnest boxes or salvaging of hollows will provide compensatory roosting and nesting opportunities for local wildlife including sugargliders, possums and owls. For further information see Planning scheme policy – Environmental areas.

No clearing of native vegetation is to occur within the Value Offset Area MLES - Waterway buffer or ValueOffset Area MLES - Wetland buffer.

RAD41

This does not apply to the following:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary

for emergency access or immediately required in response to an accident or emergency;c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses

to serious personal injury or damage to infrastructure;d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary

fence and not exceed 4m in width either side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential andEnvironmental management and conservation zones. In any other zone, clearing is not to exceed2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works withina registered easement for public infrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified person, submitted to and accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintainingexisting open pastures and cropping land, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Extractive resources separation area (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (separation area) to determineif the following requirements apply)

Development does not result in more than one dwelling house(22) per lot within separation areas.RAD42

Development within the separation area does not include the following uses:RAD43

a. caretaker's accommodation(10);b. community residence(16);c. dual occupancy(21);d. dwelling unit(23);e. hospital(36);f. rooming accommodation(69);g. multiple dwelling(49);h. non-resident workforce accommodation(52);i. relocatable home park(62);j. residential care facility(65);k. resort complex(66);l. retirement facility(67);m. rural workers’ accommodation(71);n. short-term accommodation(77);o. tourist park(84).

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1742

6 Zones

Page 13: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

All habitable rooms within the separation area are:RAD44

a. acoustically insulated to achieve the noise levels listed in Schedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives,Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008;

b. provided with mechanical ventilation.

Private open space areas are separated from the resource processing area by buildings or a 1.8m highsolid structure.

RAD45

Extractive resources transport routes (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (transport route and buffer)to determine if the following requirements apply)

The following uses are not located within the 100m wide transport route buffer:RAD46

a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10), except where located in the Extractive industry zone;b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house;(22)

e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

Except for an existing vacant lot, development does not create a new vehicle access point onto an Extractiveresources transport route.

RAD47

A vehicle access point is located, designed and constructed in accordance with Planning scheme policy- Integrated design.

RAD48

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following requirements apply)

Note - Places, including sites, objects and buildings having local cultural heritage significance, are identified on Overlay map - Heritage andlandscape character and listed in Schedule 1 of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Places also having culturalheritage significance at a State level and being entered in the Queensland Heritage Register, are also identified in Schedule 1 of Planningscheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of the site, object or building.RAD49

This does not apply to Listed item 99, in Schedule 1 - List of sites, objects and buildings of significanthistorical and cultural value of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

Note - Preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration are defined in Schedule 1 - Definitions

1743Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 14: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

A cultural heritage conservation management plan is prepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy– Heritage and landscape character and submitted to Council prior to the commencement of anypreservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works. Any preservation, maintenance, repair andrestoration works are in accordance with the Council approved cultural heritage conservation managementplan.

RAD50

This does not apply to Listed item 99 in Schedule 1 - List of sites, objects and buildings of significanthistorical and cultural value of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

Development does not result in the removal of or damage to any significant tree identified on Overlay map– Heritage and landscape character and listed in Appendix 2 of Planning scheme policy – Heritage andlandscape character.

RAD51

The following development does not occur within 20m of the base of any significant tree, identified onOverlay map – Heritage and landscape character and listed in Appendix 2 of Planning scheme policy –Heritage and landscape character:

RAD52

a. construction of any building;b. laying of overhead or underground services;c. any sealing, paving, soil compaction;d. any alteration of more than 75mm to the ground level prior to work commencing.

Pruning of a significant tree occurs in accordance with Australian Standard AS 4373-2007 - Pruning ofAmenity Trees.

RAD53

Infrastructure buffers (refer Overlay map - Infrastructure buffers to determine if the following requirementsapply)

Development does not include the following uses within a Wastewater treatment site buffer:RAD54

a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house;(22)

e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

Development does not include the following uses located within a landfill site buffer:RAD55

a. caretaker’s accommodation(10);b. community residence(16);c. dual occupancy(21);d. dwelling house;(22)

e. dwelling unit(23);f. hospital(36);g. rooming accommodation(69);

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1744

6 Zones

Page 15: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

h. multiple dwelling(49);i. non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. relocatable home park(62);k. residential care facility(65);l. resort complex(66);m. retirement facility(67);n. rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. short term accommodation(77);p. tourist park(84).

All habitable rooms located within an Electricity supply substation buffer are:RAD56

a. located a minimum of 10m from an electricity supply substation(80) ; andb. acoustically insulated to achieve the noise levels listed in Schedule 1, Acoustic Quality Objectives,

Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Development does not involve the construction of any buildings or structures containing habitable roomsor sensitive land uses within a High voltage electricity line buffer.

RAD57

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following requirements apply)

Development for a material change of use or building work does not involve the construction of a buildingor structure in an Overland flow path area.

RAD58

Development for a material change of use or operational work does not impede the flow of flood watersthrough the premises or worsen flood flows to other premises.

RAD59

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered Professional Engineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts on an upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development for a material change of use or building work ensures that fencing in an overland flow patharea is at least 50% permeable.

RAD60

Development for a material change of use or building work that involves a hazardous chemical ensuresthe hazardous chemicals is not located within an overland flow path area.

RAD61

Development for a material change of use or building work for a Park(57) ensures that work is provided inaccordance with the requirements set out in Appendix B of the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

RAD62

Riparian and wetland setbacks (refer Overlay map - Riparian and wetland setback to determine if thefollowing requirements apply)

Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlands are mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparian andwetland setbacks.

No development is to occur within:RAD63

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway and drainage line

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway and drainage line

c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway and drainage line

d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50m from all other wetlands.

1745Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 16: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Requirements for accepted development

Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterways and drainage lines, and wetlands are mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps –Riparian and wetland setbacks.

Note - In some cases, the top of bank may not be easily defined, as such a hydraulic measurement may be applied instead.Moreton Bay Regional Council will provide further direction on how to determine and locate the setback boundary in theselocations.

Note - The minimum setback distance applies to the each side of waterway.

Transport noise corridors (refer Overlay map - Transport noise corridors)

Note - This is for information purposes only. No requirements for accepted development or criteria for assessable development apply.Development located within a Transport Noise Corridor must satisfy the requirements of the Queensland Development Code

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1746

6 Zones

Page 17: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.1 Mixed industry and business precinct

6.2.7.1.1 Purpose - Mixed industry and business precinct

1. The purpose of the code will be achieved through the following overall outcomes for the Mixed industry andbusiness precinct:

a. A range of employment-intensive, knowledge-based, low impact industrial activities and associatedcommercial activities are established in the precinct which benefit from high levels of exposure and accessto high quality transport infrastructure.

b. The operation and viability of existing and future industrial activities is protected from the intrusion ofincompatible uses.

c. Development is located, designed and managed to:

i. maintain the health and safety of people;

ii. avoid significant adverse effects on the natural environment;

iii. minimise the possibility of adverse impacts on nearby non-industrial uses;

iv. be adaptable for alternative industry uses.

d. Development has access to infrastructure and essential services and safe and convenient access to majortransport routes.

e. Development is designed to incorporate sustainable practices including water sensitive design and energyefficient building design.

f. The scale, character, and built form of development and the resulting streetscape contribute to a highstandard of visual and physical amenity and incorporate crime prevention through environmental design(CPTED) principles.

g. Commercial, Shop and Office activities only occur in the precinct where:

i. there is a justified need for the use to be located in the precinct;

ii. the use does not compromise the role or function of the region's centres network.

h. Sensitive land uses do not occur where they could compromise or constrain existing or future industrialland uses in the precinct or adjoining industrial areas.

i. Special industry(79) does not establish within the precinct.

j. Development encourages public transport patronage and active transport choices through streetscapeimprovements and the provision of appropriate end of trip facilities.

k. The continued operation of Places of worship and Medium impact industries that were lawfully establishedat commencement is supported. Any extensions to these uses needs to satisfy the outcomes of this code.

l. Large format retail, car dominated uses or uses that require large outdoor storage space are not locatedin the precinct.

m. Development provides a high quality urban form and landscaped environment.

n. General works associated with the development achieves the following:

i. new development is provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current andfuture needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications andreticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

1747Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 18: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

ii. the development manages stormwater to:

A. ensure the discharge of stormwater does not adversely affect the quality, environmental valuesor ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the externalroad network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or

adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

o. Development does not cause a nuisance by way of aerosols, fumes, light, noise, odour, particles or smoke.

p. Noise generating uses are designed, sited and constructed to minimise the transmission of noise toappropriate levels and do not cause environmental harm or nuisance.

q. Noise sensitive uses are designed, sited and constructed so as not to be subject to unacceptable levelsof noise.

r. Development avoids areas subject to constraint, limitation, or environmental value. Where developmentcannot avoid these identified areas, it responds by:

i. adopting a 'least risk, least impact' approach when designing, siting and locating development in anyarea subject to a constraint, limitation or environmental value to minimise the potential risk to people,property and the environment;

ii. ensuring no further instability, erosion or degradation of the land, water or soil resource;iii. when located within a Water buffer area, complying with the Water Quality Vision and Objectives

contained in the Seqwater Development Guidelines: Development Guidelines for Water QualityManagement in Drinking Water Catchments 2012.

iv. maintaining, restoring and rehabilitating environmental values, including natural, ecological, biological,aquatic, hydrological and amenity values, and enhancing these values through the provision of plantingand landscaping, and facilitating safe wildlife movement and connectivity through:

A. the provision of replacement, restoration, rehabilitation planting and landscaping;B. the location, design and management of development to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on

ecological systems and processes;C. the requiring of environmental offsets in accordance with the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

v. protecting native species and protecting and enhancing species habitat;vi. protecting and preserving the natural, aesthetic, architectural historic and cultural values of significant

trees, places, objects and buildings of heritage and cultural significance;vii. establishing effective separation distances, buffers and mitigation measures associated with identified

infrastructure to minimise adverse effects on sensitive land uses from odour, noise, dust and othernuisance generating activities;

viii. establishing, maintaining and protecting appropriate buffers to waterways, wetlands, native vegetationand significant fauna habitat;

ix. ensuring it promotes and does not undermine the ongoing viability, integrity, operation, maintenanceand safety of identified infrastructure;

x. ensuring effective and efficient disaster management response and recovery capabilities;xi. where located in an overland flow path:

A. development siting, built form, layout and access responds to the risk presented by the overlandflow and minimises risk to personal safety;

B. development is resilient to the impacts of overland flow by ensuring the siting and design accountsfor the potential risks to property associated with the overland flow;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1748

6 Zones

Page 19: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

C. development does not impact on the conveyance of the overland flow for any event up to andincluding the 1% AEP for the fully developed upstream catchment;

D. development directly, indirectly and cumulatively avoid an increase in the severity of overlandflow and potential for damage on the premises or other premises, public lands, watercourses,roads or infrastructure.

s. Development in the Mixed industry and business precinct includes one or more of the following:

Sales office(72)Indoor sport andrecreation(38)

Caretaker'saccommodation(10)

Service industry(73)

Low impact industry(42)Educationalestablishment(24) (if fortechnical or trade relatededucation)

Service station(74)

Medium impact industry(47)

(if at least 250 metres froma sensitive land use orzone)

Showroom(78) (where forindustry or trade relatedproducts and a maximum of500m2 GFA)

Emergency services(25)

Office(53) (where on aDistrict Collector road orhigher)

Food and drink outlet(28) (ifless than 100m2GFA) Warehouse(88)

Hardware and tradesupplies(32) (where amaximum of 500m2GFA)

Outdoor sales(54) (where forsale of goodsmanufacturedon-site)

Research and technologyindustry(64)

t. Development in the Mixed industry and business precinct does not include any of the following:

Permanent plantation(59)Funeral parlour(30)Air services(3)

Animal keeping(5) Relocatable home park(62)Garden centre(31)

Hardware and tradesupplies(32) (Whereexceeding 500m2GFA)

Bar(7) Residential care facility(65)

Resort complex(66)Brothel(8)

Cemetery(12) Retirement facility(67)High Impact Industry(34)

Community care centre(15) Roadside stall(68)Hospital(36)

Community residence(16) Rooming accommodation(69)Hotel(37)

Community use(17) Rural industry(70)Intensive animal industry(39)

Cropping(19) Rural workers'accommodation(71)

Intensive horticulture(40)

Detention facility(20) Landing(41)Shopping Centre(76)

Dual occupancy(21) Major sport, recreation andentertainment facility(44) Short-term

accommodation(77)Dwelling house(22)

Market(46)

1749Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 20: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Dwelling unit(23) Showroom(78) (where not forindustry or trade relatedproducts or exceeds 500m2

GFA)

Multiple dwelling(49)

Nature-based tourism(50)Education establishment(where not for technical ortrade related education) Nightclub entertainment

facility(51) Special industry(79)Environment facility(26)

Non-resident workforceaccommodation(52)

Theatre(82)Extractive industry(27)

Tourist park(84)Outdoor sport andrecreation(55)

Food and drink outlet(28)

(where exceeding 100m2

GFA)Veterinary services(87)

Parking station(58) Wholesale nursery(89)

Function facility(29)Winery(90)

u. Development not included in the tables above may be considered on its merits and where it reflects andsupports the outcomes of the precinct.

6.2.7.1.2 Criteria for assessable development

Where development is categorised as assessable development - code assessment in the Table of Assessment, andlocated in a precinct, the assessment benchmarks are the criteria set out in Part B, Table 6.2.7.1.1 as well as thepurpose statement and overall outcomes of this code.

Where development is categorised as assessable development - impact assessment, the assessment benchmarksbecome the whole of the planning scheme.

Part B—Criteria for assessable development - Mixed industry and business precinct

Table 6.2.7.1.1 Assessable development - Mixed industry and business precinct

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

General criteria

Site cover

No example provided.PO1

Site cover is limited to a proportion of a site that ensures:

a. A sufficient number and type of vehicle parkingspaces are provided on the site to meet the parkingdemands and expectations of the proposed use;

b. Any type of vehicle expected to visit the site on aregular basis is able to access and leave the sitein a forward direction with clear manoeuvring onthe site;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1750

6 Zones

Page 21: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. setbacks to boundaries maximise the efficient useof the site while ensuring positive interfaces withpublic space or sensitive land uses;

d. Areas of landscaping are provided to soften thebuilt form and hard stand impacts of developmentwhilst providing areas of natural space on a site.

Building height

E2PO2

Building height does not exceed the maximum heightidentified on Overlay map - Building heights.

The height of buildings is in keeping with the predominantindustrial and commercial character of the precinct anddoes not cause adverse amenity impacts on nearbysensitive land uses and zones.

Setbacks

E3PO3

Buildings maintain a minimum setback of:Street boundary setbacks:

a. 6m to the primary frontage (other than the BruceHighway);

a. minimise building bulk and visual dominance fromthe street;

b. b.provide areas for landscaping at the front of thesite;

3m to the secondary street frontage;

c. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.c. allow for customer parking to be located at the front

of the building;

d. provide opportunities for dense landscaping toscreen at maturity any visibility of development ofa site from the Bruce Highway.

E4PO4

Where a development adjoins general residential zonedland, the building is setback a minimum of 3m from theproperty boundary with dense landscaping installed alongthe boundary to provide screening of the developmentwith a mature height of at least 3m.

Side and rear boundary setbacksmaintain views, privacy,access to natural light and the visual amenity of adjoiningsensitive land uses.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetermining acceptable levels of landscaping for screening purposes.

Building appearance and design

No example provided.PO5

Buildings exhibit a high standard of commercial designand construction, which:

a. adds visual interest to the streetscape, throughvariation in building materials, colours and features;

1751Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 22: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

b. does not result in blank, unarticulated walls frontingstreets or public areas;

c. reduces the perceived bulk of the building whenviewed from the street;

d. articulates or accentuates the administration andcustomer service areas of the building;

e. contributes to safe environment, through theincorporation of CPTED principles;

f. incorporates high quality, low maintenance buildingmaterials;

g. does not utilise highly reflective materials.

Note - The following examples illustrate an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

No example provided.PO6

Buildings on corner allotments:

a. address both street frontages;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1752

6 Zones

Page 23: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

b. contain building openings facing both streetfrontages;

c. do not present blank unarticulated walls to eitherfrontage.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Staff recreation area

E7PO7

Where the nature of the activities on-site do not allowstaff to eat in their work environment, the developmentprovides an on-site recreation area for staff that:

Staff are provided with adequate and amenablebreak/dining facilities to suit the nature of the activitieson-site.

a. includes adequate seating, tables and rubbish binsfor the number of staff on-site;

b. is adequately protected from the weather;

c. is safely accessible to all staff;

d. is separate and private from public areas;

e. is located away from a noisy or odorous activity.

Landscaping

E8PO8

Landscaping is provided and maintained in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Landscaping is provided on the site to:

a. visually soften the built form, areas of hardstand,storage areas andmechanical plant associated withthe on-site activities;

b. complement the existing or desired streetscape;

c. minimise the impact of industrial development onany adjoining lots not zoned for industrial purposes.

1753Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 24: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Fencing

E9PO9

Where fencing is provided on the street frontage, fencesections between columns or posts have a minimumtransparency of 70% spread evenly across its totalsurface area.

The provision of fencing on street frontages does notdominate the street or create safety issues.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Public access

E10.1PO10

Pedestrian linkages are provided from the street andcustomer car parking areas directly to the main entranceof the building.

The use has a safe, clearly identifiable public accessseparate from service and parking areas.

Note - The following diagram illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

E10.2

Public access to the building is not provided throughindustrial service areas.

Car parking

E11PO11

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1754

6 Zones

Page 25: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Car parking is provided in accordance with Schedule 7- Car parking.

Car parking is provided on-site to meet the anticipateddemand of employees and visitors and avoid adverseimpacts on the external road network.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment for guidance on how to achieve compliance with thisoutcome.

E12PO12

All vehicle entry points and car parking areas aredesigned and constructed in accordance with AustralianStandard AS2890.1.

The design of vehicle entry points and car parking areas:

a. does not impact on the safety of the external roadnetwork;

b. ensures the safety of pedestrians at all times;

c. ensures the safe movement of vehicles within thesite;

d. provides connections with car parking areas onadjoining sites where possible.

E13PO13

A maximum of 1 vehicle cross-over is provided to eachstreet frontage unless required for manoeuvringpurposes.

Vehicle cross-overs do not dominate the street frontage.

Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities

Note - Building work to which this code applies constitutes Major Development for purposes of development requirements for end of tripfacilities prescribed in the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1.

E14.1PO14

Minimum bicycle parking facilities are provided at a rateof 1 bicycle parking space for every 3 vehicles parkingspaces required by Schedule 7 – Car parking.

a. End of trip facilities are provided for employees oroccupants, in the building or on-site within areasonable walking distance, and include:

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels

i. adequate bicycle parking and storagefacilities; and

identified in those acceptable solutions. This example is aii. adequate provision for securing belongings;and combination of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in the

Queensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

iii. change rooms that include adequate showers,sanitary compartments, wash basins andmirrors. E14.2

Bicycle parking is:b. Notwithstanding a. there is no requirement to

provide end of trip facilities if it would beunreasonable to provide these facilities havingregard to:

a. provided in accordance with Austroads (2008),Guide to Traffic Management - Part 11: Parking;

b. protected from the weather by its location or adedicated roof structure;

1755Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 26: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

i. the projected population growth and forwardplanning for road upgrading and developmentof cycle paths; or

c. located within the building or in a dedicated, securestructure for residents and staff;

d. adjacent to building entrances or in public areas forcustomers and visitors.ii. whether it would be practical to commute to

and from the building on a bicycle, havingregard to the likely commute distances andnature of the terrain; or Note - Bicycle parking structures are to be constructed to the

standards prescribed in AS2890.3.

iii. the condition of the road and the nature andamount of traffic potentially affecting the safetyof commuters.

Note - Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities provided for residentialand non-residential activities may be pooled, provided they are within100 metres of the entrance to the building.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels

Editor's note - The intent of b above is to ensure the requirementsfor bicycle parking and end of trip facilities are not applied inunreasonable circumstances. For example these requirementsshould not, and do not apply in the Rural zone or the Rural residentialzone etc.

identified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Editor's note - This performance outcome is the same as thePerformance Requirement prescribed for end of trip facilities under

E14.3the Queensland Development Code. For development incorporatingbuilding work, that Queensland Development Code performancerequirement cannot be altered by a local planning instrument and For non-residential uses, storage lockers:has been reproduced here solely for information purposes. Council’sassessment in its building work concurrence agency role for end of

a. are provide at a rate of 1.6 per bicycle parkingspace (rounded up to the nearest whole number);

trip facilities will be against the performance requirement in theQueensland Development Code. As it is subject to change at anytime, applicants for development incorporating building work shouldensure that proposals that do not comply with the examples under b. have minimum dimensions of 900mm (height) x

300mm (width) x 450mm (depth).this heading meet the current performance requirement prescribedin the Queensland Development Code.

Note - Storage lockers may be pooled across multiple sites andactivities when within 100 metres of the entrance to the building andwithin 50 metres of bicycle parking and storage facilities.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

E14.4

For non-residential uses, changing rooms:

a. are provided at a rate of 1 per 10 bicycle parkingspaces;

b. are fitted with a lockable door or otherwise screenedfrom public view;

c. are provided with shower(s), sanitarycompartment(s) and wash basin(s) in accordancewith the table below:

Washbasinsrequired

Sanitarycompartmentsrequired

Showersrequired

Changeroomsrequired

Male/Female

Bicyclespacesprovided

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1756

6 Zones

Page 27: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

11 closet pan11 unisexchangeroom

Maleandfemale

1-5

11 closet pan11Female6-19

11 closet pan11Male20 ormore

1, plus 1 forevery 60

2 closet pans,plus 1 sanitary

2, plus 1for every

1Female

bicyclecompartment for20 bicycleparkingevery 60 bicyclespacesspacesparking spacesprovided

thereafter providedthereafter

providedthereafter

1, plus 1 forevery 60

1 urinal and 1closet pans, plus

2, plus 1for every

1Male

bicycle1 sanitary20 bicycleparkingcompartment atspacesspacesthe rate of 1provided

thereafter providedthereafter

closet pan or 1urinal for every 60bicycle spaceprovidedthereafter

Note - All showers have a minimum 3-star Water Efficiency Labellingand Standards (WELS) rating shower head.

Note - All sanitary compartments are constructed in compliance withF2.3 (e) and F2.5 of BCA (Volume 1).

d. are provided with:

i. a mirror located above each wash basin;ii. a hook and bench seating within each shower

compartment;iii. a socket-outlet located adjacent to each wash

basin.

Note - Change roomsmay be pooled acrossmultiple sites, residentialand non-residential activities when within 100 metres of the entranceto the building and within 50 metres of bicycle parking and storagefacilities

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Loading and servicing

No example provided.PO15

Service areas, including loading/unloading facilities, plantareas and outdoor storage areas, are screened from thedirect view from land not included in the Industry zoneand sub-arterial and arterial roads.

Note - If landscaping is proposed for screening purposes, refer toPlanning scheme Policy - Integrated design for determiningacceptable levels.

1757Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 28: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Waste

No example provided.PO16

Bins and bin storage areas are provided, designed andmanaged in accordance with Planning scheme policy –Waste.

Environmental impacts

E17PO17

Development achieves the standard listed in Schedule1 Air Quality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008.

Where a use is not an environmentally relevant activityunder the Environmental Protection Act 1994, the releaseof any containment that may cause environmental harmis mitigated to an acceptable level.

Lighting

E18PO18

Artificial lighting is directed and shielded in such amanneras not to exceed the recommended maximum values oflight technical parameters for the control of obtrusive lightgiven in Table 2.1 of the Australian Standard AS 4282(1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting.

Lighting is directed and shielded to not causeunreasonable disturbance to any person on adjoiningland.

Note - “Curfewed hours” are taken to be those hours between 10pmand 7am on the following day.

Noise

No example provided.PO19

Noise generating uses do not adversely affect existingnoise sensitive uses.

Note - The use of walls, barriers or fences that are visible from oradjoin a road or public area are not appropriate noise attenuationmeasures unless adjoining a motorway, arterial road or rail line.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

E20.1PO20

Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined inthe Planning Scheme Policy – Noise.

Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriateacoustic environment within designated external privateoutdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

E20.2a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces,through maintaining high levels of surveillance of

Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers orfences):

parks, streets and roads that serve active transport

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1758

6 Zones

Page 29: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

purposes (e.g. existing or future pedestrian pathsor cycle lanes etc);

a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public areaunless:

b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; or

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

ii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does notserve an existing or future active transportpurpose (e.g. pedestrian paths or cycle lanes)or where attenuation through building locationand materials is not possible.Note - Refer to Planning Scheme Policy – Integrated design for

details and examples of noise attenuation structures.b. do not remove existing or prevent future active

transport routes or connections to the streetnetwork;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped inaccordance with Planning scheme policy -Integrated design.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

Note - Refer to Overlay map – Active transport for future activetransport routes.

Hazardous Chemicals

Note - To assist in demonstrating compliance with the following performance outcomes, a Hazard Assessment Report may be required tobe prepared and submitted by a suitably qualified person in accordance with 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on developmentinvolving hazardous chemicals'.

Note - Terms used in this section are defined in 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on development involving hazardous chemicals'.

E21.1PO21

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of land zoned for vulnerable or sensitive landuses as described below:

Off sites risks from foreseeable hazard scenariosinvolving hazardous chemicals are commensurate withthe sensitivity of the surrounding land use zones.

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

1759Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 30: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

If criteria E1.1 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 0.5 x 10-6/year.

E21.2

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of a commercial or community activity land usezone as described below:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E1.2 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 5 x 10-6/year.

E21.3

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of an industrial land use zone as describedbelow:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 14kPa overpressure;

ii. 12.6kW/m2 heat radiation.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1760

6 Zones

Page 31: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

If criteria E1.3 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 50 x 10-6/year.

E22PO22

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are provided with 24 hourmonitoredfire detection system for early detection of a fire event.

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are designed to detect the earlystages of a fire situation and notify a designated person.

E23PO23

Storage areas containing packages of flammable andtoxic hazardous chemicals are designed with spillcontainment system(s) capable of containing a minimum

Common storage areas containing packages offlammable and toxic hazardous chemicals are designedwith spill containment system(s) that are adequate tocontain releases, including fire fighting media. of the total aggregate capacity of all packages plus the

maximum operating capacity of any fire protection systemfor the storage area(s) over a minimum of 60 minutes.

E24.1PO24

The base of any tank with a WC >2,500L or kg is higherthan any relevant flood height level identified in an area’sflood hazard area. Alternatively:

Storage and handling areas, including manufacturingareas, containing hazardous chemicals in quantitiesgreater than 2,500L or kg within a Local Government“flood hazard area” are located and designed in a mannerto minimise the likelihood of inundation of flood watersfrom creeks, rivers, lakes or estuaries.

a. bulk tanks are anchored so they cannot float ifsubmerged or inundated by water; and

b. tank openings not provided with a liquid tight seal,i.e. an atmospheric vent, are extended above therelevant flood height level.

E24.2

The lowest point of any storage area for packages>2,500L or kg is higher than any relevant flood heightlevel identified in an area’s flood hazard area.Alternatively, package stores are provided withimpervious bund walls or racking systems higher thanthe relevant flood height level.

Emissions into Brisbane operational airspace

E25.1PO25

Development does not emit a gaseous plume into theairport’s operational airspace at a velocity exceeding4.3m per second.

Emissions do not significantly increase air turbulence,reduce visibility or compromise the operation of aircraftengines in Brisbane airport’s operational airspace.

Note - Refer to State Planning Policy December 2013 mapping toidentify Brisbane airport’s operational airspace. E25.2

Development emitting smoke, dust, ash, steam or agaseous plume exceeding 4.3m per second is designedand constructed to mitigate adverse impacts of emissionsupon operational airspace.

1761Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 32: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Clearing of habitat trees where not located within the Environmental areas overlay map

No example provided.PO26

a. Development ensures that the biodiversity qualityand integrity of habitats is not adversely impactedupon but maintained and protected.

b. Development does not result in the net loss of faunahabitat. Where development does result in the lossof a habitat tree, development will providereplacement fauna nesting boxes at the followingrate of 1 nest box for every hollow removed. Wherehollows have not yet formed in trees > 80cm indiameter at 1.3m height, 3 nest boxes are requiredfor every habitat tree removed.

c. Development does not result in soil erosion or landdegradation or leave land exposed for anunreasonable period of time but is rehabilitated ina timely manner

Note: Further guidance on habitat trees is provided in Planningscheme policy - Environmental areas

Works criteria

Utilities

E27PO27

Development is connected to underground electricity.The development is connected to an existing reticulatedelectricity supply system approved by the relevant energyregulating authority.

No example provided.PO28

The development has access to telecommunications andbroadband services in accordance with current standards.

E29.1PO29

Where in a sewered area, the development is connectedto a reticulated sewerage network.

The development provides for the treatment and disposalof sewage and other waste water in a way that will notcause environmental harm or pose a risk to public health.

E29.2

Trade waste is pre-treated on-site prior to discharginginto the sewerage network.

E30PO30

Where in an existing connections area or a futureconnections area as detailed in the UnitywaterConnections Policy, the development is connected to the

The development is provided with an adequate andsustainable supply of potable (drinking and general usee.g. gardening, washing, fire fighting) water.

reticulated water supply system in accordance with the

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1762

6 Zones

Page 33: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

South East Queensland Water Supply and SewerageDesign and Construction Code and the relevant WaterService Association of Australia (WSAA) codes andstandards.

No example provided.PO31

The development is provided with constructed anddedicated road access.

Access

No example provided.PO32

Where required, access easements contain a drivewayand provision for services appropriate to the use. Theeasement covers all works associated with the accessin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

E33.1PO33

The development provides for the extension of the roadnetwork in the area in accordance with Council’s roadnetwork planning.

The layout of the development does not compromise:

a. the development of the road network in the area;b. the function or safety of the road network;c. the capacity of the road network.

E33.2Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy. The development does not compromise future road

widening of frontage roads in accordance with therelevant standard and Council’s road planning.

E33.3

The lot layout allows forward access to and from the site.

E33.4

For land located at Deception Bay, all vehicle access toDeception Bay Road is via a future 4-way signalisedintersection at Deception Bay Road and Zammit Street,as illustrated in Figure - Deception Bay Road MixedIndustry and Business, except where an alternativeaccess has been previously approved by TMR or allowedthrough an existing development approval. No directproperty access is provided to Deception Bay Road.

E34.1PO34

Site access and driveways are designed and located inaccordance with:

Safe access is provided for all vehicles required to accessthe site.

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1section 3; or

b. Where for a State-Controlled road, the SafeIntersection Sight Distance requirements in

1763Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 34: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

AustRoads and the appropriate IPWEAQ standarddrawings, or a copy of a Transport InfrastructureAct 1994, section 62 approval.

E34.2

Internal driveways and access ways are designed andconstructed in accordance with AS/NZS2890.1 ParkingFacilities – Off street car parking and the relevantstandards in Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - This includes queue lengths (refer to Schedule 8 Servicevehicle requirements), pavement widths and construction.

E34.3

Access driveways, manoeuvring areas and loadingfacilities provide for service vehicles listed in Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements for the relevant use. Theon-site manoeuvring is to be in accordance with Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements.

No example provided.PO35

Upgrade works (whether trunk or non-trunk) are providedwhere necessary to:

a. ensure the type or volume of traffic generated bythe development does not have a negative impacton the external road network;

b. ensure the orderly and efficient continuation of theactive transport network;

c. ensure the site frontage is constructed to a suitableurban standard generally in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - An Integrated Transport Assessment (ITA) may be requiredto demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated transport assessment forguidance on when an ITA is required. An ITA should be preparedin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment.

Note - The road network is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy.

Note - The primary and secondary active transport network ismapped on Overlay map - Active transport.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with c. of this performanceoutcome, site frontage works where in existing road reserve(non-trunk) are to be designed and constructed as follows:

i. Where the street is partially established to an urban standard,match the alignment of existing kerb and channel and providecarriageway widening and underground drainage whererequired; or

ii. Where the street is not established to an urban standard,prepare a design that demonstrates how the relevant features

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1764

6 Zones

Page 35: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

of the particular road as shown in the Planning scheme policy- Integrated Design can be achieved in the existing reserve.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for roadnetwork and active transport network design standards.

Stormwater

No example provided.PO36

Stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a pointof lawful discharge without causing nuisance orannoyance to any person, property or premises.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Note - A watercourse as defined in the Water Act may be acceptedas a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage discharge fromthe site does not increase the downstream flood levels during eventsup to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of +20mm may beaccepted on Council controlled land and road infrastructure. Noworsening is ensured when stormwater is discharged into acatchment that includes State Transport Infrastructure.

No example provided.PO37

Stormwater generated from the development does notcompromise the capacity of existing stormwaterinfrastructure downstream of the site.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

No example provided.PO38

Stormwater quality management systems are designedand constructed to minimise the environmental impactof stormwater discharge on surface and undergroundreceiving water quality and meet the design objectivesin Tables A and B in Appendix 2 of the SPP.

Note - A stormwater management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified professional will be required in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management.

No example provided.PO39

Easements for drainage purposes are provided over:

1765Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 36: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. stormwater pipes located in freehold land if the pipediameter exceeds 300mm;

b. overland flow paths where they cross more thanone property boundary.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Site works and construction management

No example provided.PO40

The site and any existing structures are maintained in atidy and safe condition.

E41.1PO41

Works incorporate temporary stormwater runoff, erosionand sediment controls and trash traps designed inaccordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning

All works on-site are managed to:

a. minimise as far as practicable, impacts on adjoiningor adjacent premises and the streetscape in regard Guidelines, Planning scheme policy - Stormwater

management and Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign, including but not limited to the following:

to erosion and sedimentation, dust, noise, safetyand light;

b. minimise as far as possible, impacts on the naturalenvironment; a. stormwater is not discharged to adjacent properties

in a manner that differs significantly frompre-existing conditions;

c. ensure stormwater discharge is managed in amanner that does not cause nuisance or annoyanceto any person or premises; b. stormwater discharged to adjoining and

downstream properties does not cause scour anderosion;

d. avoid adverse impacts on street trees and theircritical root zone.

c. stormwater discharge rates do not exceedpre-existing conditions;

d. the 10% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all temporary diversion drains; and

e. the 50% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all silt barriers and sedimentation basins.

E41.2

Stormwater runoff, erosion and sediment controls areconstructed prior to commencement of any clearing orearthworks and are maintained and adjusted asnecessary at all times to ensure their ongoingeffectiveness.

Note - The measures are adjusted on-site to maximise theireffectiveness.

E41.3

The completed earthworks area is stabilised using turf,established grass seeding, mulch or sprayed stabilisationtechniques to control erosion and sediment and dust fromleaving the property.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1766

6 Zones

Page 37: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E41.4

Where works are proposed in proximity to an existingstreet tree, an inspection and a root management planis undertaken by a qualified arborist which demonstratesand ensures that no permanent damage is caused to thetree.

E42PO42

No dust emissions extend beyond the boundaries of thesite during soil disturbances and construction works.

Dust suppression measures are implemented during soildisturbances and construction works to protect nearbypremises from unreasonable dust impacts.

E43.1PO43

Construction traffic including contractor car parking iscontrolled in accordance with a traffic management plan,prepared in accordance with the Manual of UniformTraffic Control Devices (MUTCD) to ensure all trafficmovements to and from the site are safe.

All works on-site and the transportation of material to andfrom the site are managed to not negatively impact theexisting road network, the amenity of the surroundingarea or the streetscape.

Note - Where the amount of imported or exported material is greaterthan 50m3, a haulage route must be identified and approved byCouncil. E43.2

All contractor car parking is either provided on thedevelopment site, or on an alternative site in the generallocality which has been set aside for car parking.Contractors vehicles are generally not to be parked inexisting roads.

Note - A Traffic Management Plan may be required for the site inaccordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

E43.3

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s)as a result of construction processes associated with thesite are to be cleaned at all times.

E44PO44

At completion of construction all disturbed areas of thesite are to be:

All disturbed areas are rehabilitated at the completion ofconstruction.

a. topsoiled with a minimum compacted thickness offifty (50) millimetres;

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

b. grassed.

Note - These areas are to be maintained during any maintenanceperiod to maximise grass coverage from grass seeding of theseareas.

E45.1PO45

1767Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 38: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarilyfenced or protected prior to and during developmentworks.

The clearing of vegetation on-site:

a. is limited to the area of infrastructure works, buildingareas and other necessary areas for the works; and

Note - No parking of vehicles of storage of machinery or goods isto occur in these areas during development works.

includes the removal of declared weeds and othermaterials which are detrimental to the intended useof the land;

b.

c. is disposed of in a manner which minimisesnuisance and annoyance to existing premises. E45.2

Disposal of materials is managed in one or more of thefollowing ways:

Note - No burning of cleared vegetation is permitted.

a. all cleared vegetation, declared weeds, stumps,rubbish, car bodies, scrap metal and the like areremoved and disposed of in a Council land fillfacility; or

b. all native vegetation with a diameter below 400mmis to be chipped and stored on-site.

Note - The chipped vegetation must be stored in an approvedlocation, preferably a park or public land.

No example provided.PO46

Any alteration or relocation in connection with or arisingfrom the development to any service, installation, plant,equipment or other item belonging to or under the controlof the telecommunications authority, electricity authorities,the Council or other person engaged in the provision ofpublic utility services is to be carried with the developmentand at no cost to Council.

Earthworks

E47.1PO47

All cut and fill batters are provided with appropriate scour,erosion protection and run-off control measures includingcatch drains at the top of batters and lined batter drainsas necessary.

On-site earthworks are designed to consider the visualand amenity impact as they relate to:

a. the natural topographical features of the site;b. short and long-term slope stability;c. soft or compressible foundation soils;

E47.2d. reactive soils;e. low density or potentially collapsing soils; Stabilisation measures are provided, as necessary, to

ensure long-term stability and low maintenance of steeprock slopes and batters.

f. existing fill and soil contamination that may existon-site;

g. the stability and maintenance of steep rock slopesand batters;

E47.3h. excavation (cut) and fill and impacts on the amenityof adjoining lots (e.g. residential).

Inspection and certification of steep rock slopes andbatters is required by a suitably qualified and experiencedRPEQ.

Note - Filling or excavation works are to be completed within sixmonths of the commencement date.

E47.4

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1768

6 Zones

Page 39: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

All filling or excavation is contained on-site.

E47.5

All fill placed on-site is:

a. limited to that required for the necessary approveduse;

b. clean and uncontaminated (i.e. no building waste,concrete, green waste or contaminated materialetc. is used as fill).

E47.6

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site inaccordance with AS3798.

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenanceand bonding procedures.

E48PO48

Any embankments more than 1.5 metres in height arestepped, terraced and landscaped.

Embankments are stepped, terraced and landscaped tonot adversely impact on the visual amenity of thesurrounding area.

Figure - Embankment

E49.1PO49

No filling or excavation is undertaken in an easementissued in favour of Council or a public sector entity.

Filling or excavation is undertaken in a manner that:

a. does not adversely impact on a Council or publicsector entity maintained infrastructure or anydrainage feature on, or adjacent to the land;

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

b. does not preclude reasonable access to a Councilor public sector entity maintained infrastructure or

E49.2any drainage feature on, or adjacent to the land formonitoring, maintenance or replacement purposes.

Filling or excavation that would result in any of thefollowing is not carried out on-site:Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable Planning

Act 2009.a. a reduction in cover over any Council or public

sector entity infrastructure service to less than600mm;

b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within1.5m on each side of, the Council or public sectorentity infrastructure above that which existed priorto the earthworks being undertaken.

1769Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 40: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

No example provided.PO50

Filling or excavation does not result in land instability.

Note - Steep rock slopes and batters are inspected and certified forlong-term stability by a suitably qualified and experiencedgeotechnical engineer with RPEQ qualifications. Stabilisationmeasures are provided, as necessary, to ensure long-term stabilityand low maintenance.

No example provided.PO51

Development does not result in

a. adverse impacts on the hydrological and hydrauliccapacity of the waterway or floodway;

b. increased flood inundation outside the site;c. any reduction in the flood storage capacity in the

floodway;d. and any clearing of native vegetation.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with this outcome, PlanningScheme Policy - Stormwater Management provides guidance onthe preparation of a site based stormwater management plan by asuitably qualified professional. Refer to Planning scheme policy -Integrated design for guidance on infrastructure design andmodellingrequirements.

Retaining walls and structures

E52PO52

Earth retaining structures:All earth retaining structures provide a positive interfacewith the streetscape andminimise impacts on the amenityof adjoining residents. a. are not constructed of boulder rocks or timber;

b. where height is no greater than 900mm, areprovided in accordance with Figure - Retaining ona boundary;

Figure - Retaining on boundary

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1770

6 Zones

Page 41: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. where height is greater than 900mm but no greaterthan 1.5m, are to be setback at least the equivalentheight of the retaining structure from any propertyboundary;

d. where height is greater than 1.5m, are to be setbackand stepped 1.5m vertical: 1.5m horizontal,terraced, landscaped and drained as shown below.

Figure - Cut

Figure - Fill

Fire Services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

1771Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 42: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

E53.1PO53

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to thestandard prescribed under the relevant parts ofAustralianStandard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

Development incorporates a fire fighting system that:

a. satisfies the reasonable needs of the fire fightingentity for the area;

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the followingare the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005) that may be applicable:

b. is appropriate for the size, shape and topographyof the development and its surrounds;

c. is compatible with the operational equipmentavailable to the fire fighting entity for the area; a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part

3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and theird. considers the fire hazard inherent in the materials

comprising the development and their proximity toone another;

associated outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrantsor suitably signposted in-ground hydrants would be anacceptable alternative;

e. considers the fire hazard inherent in the surroundsto the development site;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for firehydrants - Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well asAppendix B of AS 2419.1 (2005);f. is maintained in effective operating order.

c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and otherfacilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

Note - The Queensland Fire and Emergency Services is the entitycurrently providing the fire fighting function for the urban areas ofthe Moreton Bay Region.

i. for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrantcoverage need only extend to the roof and externalwalls of those buildings;

ii. for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need onlyextend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities,hydrant coverage is required across the entire area ofthe outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoorstorage facilities;

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearancerequirements - Part 3.5 and, where applicable, Part 3.6.

E53.2

A continuous path of travel having the followingcharacteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant andhydrant booster point on the land:

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne

HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to

stand within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m ofeach hydrant booster point.

E53.3

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1772

6 Zones

Page 43: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

On-site fire hydrant facilities are maintained in effectiveoperating order in a manner prescribed in AustralianStandard AS1851 (2012) – Routine service of fireprotection systems and equipment.

E54PO54

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings:

On-site fire hydrants that are external to buildings, aswell as the available fire fighting appliance access routesto those hydrants, can be readily identified at all timesfrom, or at, the vehicular entry point to the developmentsite.

a. those external hydrants can be seen from thevehicular entry point to the site; or

b. a sign identifying the following is provided at thevehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (toscale);

ii. internal road names (where used);

iii. all communal facilities (where provided);

iv. the reception area and on-site manager’soffice (where provided);

v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;

vi. physical constraints within the internalroadway system which would restrict accessby fire fighting appliances to external hydrantsand hydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood,at all times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5m fromthe sign.

E55PO55

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings, those hydrants are identified byway of marker posts and raised reflective pavement

Each on-site fire hydrant that is external to a building issignposted in a way that enables it to be readily identifiedat all times by the occupants of any firefighting appliancetraversing the development site. markers in the manner prescribed in the technical note

Fire hydrant indication system produced by theQueensland Department of Transport and Main Roads.

Note - Technical note Fire hydrant indication system is available onthe website of the Queensland Department of Transport and MainRoads.

1773Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 44: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Use specific criteria

Industrial land uses

E56PO56

The combined area for ancillary office(53), administrationfunctions, display and retail sale of commodities, articlesor goods resulting from the industrial processes on-site,does not exceed 50% of the GFA.

Ancillary office(53), administration functions, retail salesand customer service components do not compromisethe industrial activities in the precinct or compromise therole or function of the region's centres network.

No example provided.PO57

Buildings directly adjoining non-industrial zoned land:

a. are compatible with the character of the adjoiningarea;

b. minimises overlooking and overshadowing;

c. maintain privacy; and

d. do not cause significant loss of amenity toneighbouring residents by way noise, vibration,odour, lighting, traffic generation and/or hours ofoperation.

No example provided.PO58

Medium impact industry(47) uses only establish in theprecinct where:

a. buildings and activities are located at least 250mfrom a sensitive land use or sensitive zone;

b. do not constrain the function of existing or futureuses in the precinct; and

c. not adversely impact on the amenity, health orsafety of adjoining industrial workers or sensitiveland uses.

Note - Separation distance is to be measured in a straight-line (inaccordance with the State policy)

Caretaker’s accommodation (10)

E59PO59

Caretaker's accommodation(10):Development of Caretaker's accommodation(10):

a. has a maximum GFA is 80m2;a. does not compromise the productivity of the useoccurring on-site and in the surrounding area;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway tothat of the industrial use;b. is domestic in scale;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1774

6 Zones

Page 45: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. provides a minimum 16m2 of private open spacedirectly accessible from a habitable room;

c. provides adequate car parking provisions exclusiveon the primary use of the site;

d. d.is safe for the residents; provides car parking in accordance with Schedule7 - Car parking.

e. has regard to the open space and recreation needsof the residents.

Sales office (72)

E60PO60

A Sales office(72) is located on the site for no longer than2 years.

Sales office(72) remain temporary in duration anddemonstrates a relationship to the land or buildings beingdisplayed or sold.

Home based business (35)

No example provided.PO61

Home based business(s)(35):

a. is subordinate in size and function to the primaryuse on the site being residential;

b. are of a scale and intensity that does not result inadverse visual or nuisance impacts on the residentsin adjoining or nearby dwellings;

c. results in a vehicular and pedestrian trafficgeneration consistent with that reasonably expectedin the surrounding area;

d. are suitably screened to ensure adverse visualimpacts on the residents in adjoining or nearbydwellings are minimised;

e. sufficiently separated from adjoining properties sodevelopment does not result in adverse visual,noise, or nuisance impacts on adjoining residents.

E62.1PO62

Only goods grown, produced or manufactured on-siteare sold from the site.

On-site display and sales of goods is limited to theactivities being undertaken from the site and does notresult in:

E62.2a. the display and sale of goods being viewed fromoutside of the site;

Display of goods grown, produced or manufacturedon-site are contained within a dwelling or on-site structureand the display of goods is not visible from the boundaryof the site.

b. overall development on the site having apredominantly commercial appearance.

Other Non-industrial land uses

No example provided.PO63

Offices located in the precinct must:

1775Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 46: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. have a direct nexus with industrial activities;

b. not compromise the viability, role and function ofthe regions centre network.

No example provided.PO64

Showrooms(78) are limited to:

a. industry and trade related product lines;

b. a gross floor area of 500m2

Note - Industry and trade related products are considered to beproducts used by the industry and trades in creating an end product.Examples may include:

Kitchen and bathroom showrooms(78) (i.e. Fixtures, plumbingsupplies, bench tops etc)Flooring showrooms(78) (i.e. Tiles, carpet, hardwood flooringsupplies)Electrical showrooms(78)

Building and construction products

No example provided.PO65

Food and Drink Outlets(28) are limited to a gross floorarea of 100m2.

No example provided.PO66

With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10),residential and other sensitive land uses do not establishwithin the precinct.

No example provided.PO67

Where not located on a district collector, sub-arterial orarterial road, non-industrial uses:

a. provide direct convenience retail or services to thelocal industrial workforce;

b. are consolidated with existing non-industrial uses;

c. do not compromise the viability, role or function ofthe region's centre network;

d. are not subject to adverse amenity impacts or risksto health;

e. do not constrain the operations of industrialactivities.

Note - Hazard and Nuisance Mitigation Plan may be required to besubmitted to justify compliance with this outcome.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1776

6 Zones

Page 47: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - The Road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy

No example provided.PO68

Where located on a district collector, sub-arterial orarterial road, non-industrial uses:

a. are consolidated with existing non-industrial uses;

b. do not compromise the viability, role or function ofthe region's centre network;

c. are not subject to adverse amenity impacts or riskto health;

d. do not constrain the operations of industrialactivities.

Note - A Hazard and Nuisance Mitigation Plan may be required tobe submitted to justify compliance with this outcome.

Note - The Road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy

No example provided.PO69

Traffic generated by non-industrial uses does notdetrimentally impact upon the operation and functionalityof the receiving road network.

No example provided.PO70

The design of non-industrial buildings in the precinct:

a. adds visual interest to the streetscape (e.g. variationin materials, patterns, textures and colours, aconsistent building line, blank walls that are visiblefrom public places are treated to not negativelyimpact the surrounding amenity);

b. contribute to a safe environment (e.g. through theuse of lighting and avoiding concealed recesses orpotential entrapment areas);

c. incorporate architectural features within the buildingfacade at the street level to create human scale(e.g. awnings).

d. are adaptable for future alternative industry uses.

E71.1PO71

The main entrance to the building is clearly visible fromand addresses the primary street frontage.

Building entrances:

a. are readily identifiable from the road frontage;

1777Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 48: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E71.2b. add visual interest to the streetscape;

Where the building does not adjoin the street frontage,a dedicated and sealed pedestrian footpath is providedbetween the street frontage and the building entrance.

c. are designed to limit opportunities for concealment;

d. are located and oriented to favour active and publictransport usage by connecting to pedestrianfootpaths on the street frontage and adjoining sites.

Note - The design provisions for footpaths outlined in Planningscheme policy - Integrated design may assist in demonstratingcompliance with this outcome.

Major electricity infrastructure(43), Substation(80) and Utility installation(86)

E72.1PO72

Development is designed to minimise surrounding landuse conflicts by ensuring infrastructure, buildings,structures and other equipment:

The development does not have an adverse impact onthe visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;a. are enclosed within buildings or structures;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;b. are located behind the main building line;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;c. have a similar height, bulk and scale to the

surrounding fabric;d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

d. have horizontal and vertical articulation applied toall exterior walls.

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape; E72.2

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity; A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the outside of the fenced area, between thedevelopment and street frontage, side and rearboundaries.

h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.

E73PO73

Access control arrangements:Infrastructure does not have an impact on pedestrianhealth and safety.

a. do not create dead-ends or dark alleyways adjacentto the infrastructure;

b. minimise the number and width of crossovers andentry points;

c. provide safe vehicular access to the site;d. do not utilise barbed wire or razor wire.

E74PO74

All equipment which produces audible or non-audiblesound is housed within a fully enclosed buildingincorporating sound control measures sufficient to ensurenoise emissions meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility:

a. generates no audible sound at the site boundarieswhere in a residential setting; or

b. meet the objectives as set out in the EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Telecommunications facility (81)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1778

6 Zones

Page 49: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities (81)must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

E75.1PO75

New telecommunication facilities(81) are co-located onexisting towers with new equipment shelter andassociated structures positioned adjacent to the existingshelters and structures.

Telecommunications facilities(81) are co-located withexisting telecommunications facilities(81), Utilityinstallation(86), Major electricity infrastructure(43) orSubstation(80) if there is already a facility in the samecoverage area.

E75.2

If not co-located with an existing facility, all co-locationopportunities have been investigated and fully exhaustedwithin a 2km radius of the site.

E76PO76

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allowfor additional equipment shelters and associatedstructures for the purpose of co-locating on the proposedfacility.

A new Telecommunications facility(81) is designed andconstructed to ensure co-masting or co-siting with othercarriers both on the tower or pole and at ground level ispossible in the future.

E77PO77

The development results in no net reduction in theminimum quantity and standard of landscaping, privateor communal open space or car parking spaces requiredunder the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

Telecommunications facilities(81) do not conflict with lawfulexisting land uses both on and adjoining the site.

E78.1PO78

Where in an urban area, the development does notprotrude more than 5m above the level of the existingtreeline, prominent ridgeline or building rooftops in thesurrounding townscape.

The Telecommunications facility(81) does not have anadverse impact on the visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;

E78.2d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

In all other areas towers do not exceed 35m in height.

E78.3f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape;

Towers, equipment shelters and associated structuresare of a design, colour and material to:

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.a. reduce recognition in the landscape;b. reduce glare and reflectivity.

E78.4

1779Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 50: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

All structures and buildings are setback behind the mainbuilding line and a minimum of 10m from side and rearboundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractiveindustry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is3m.

Where there is no established building line the facility islocated at the rear of the site.

E78.5

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by othermeans to ensure public access is prohibited.

E78.6

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the perimeter of the fenced area, between thefacility and street frontage and adjoining uses.

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, preparedby a suitably qualified person, to ensure compliance with Planningscheme policy - Integrated design.

E79PO79

An Access and Landscape Plan demonstrates how 24hour vehicular access will be obtained and maintainedto the facility in a manner that is appropriate to the site’scontext.

Lawful access is maintained to the site at all times thatdoes not alter the amenity of the landscape orsurrounding uses.

E80PO80

All equipment comprising the Telecommunicationsfacility(81) which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporating

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility generates no audible sound at the siteboundaries where in a residential setting. sound control measures sufficient to ensure no noise

from this equipment can be heard, or felt at the siteboundary.

Values and constraints criteria

Note - The relevant values and constraints criteria do not apply where the development is consistent with a current Development permit forReconfiguring a lot or Material change of use or Operational work, where that approval has considered and addressed (e.g. through adevelopment footprint plan (or similar in the case of Landslide hazard) or conditions of approval) the identified value or constraint under thisplanning scheme.

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome, an Acid sulfate soils (ASS) investigation report and soil management plan

is prepared by a qualified engineer. Guidance for the preparation an ASS investigation report and soil management plan is provided in

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1780

6 Zones

Page 51: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils.

E81PO81

Development does not involve:Development avoids disturbing acid sulfate soils. Wheredevelopment disturbs acid sulfate soils, development:

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than100m3 of soil or sediment where below than 5mAustralian Height datum AHD; or

a. is managed to avoid or minimise the release ofsurface or groundwater flows containing acid andmetal contaminants into the environment; b. filling of land of more than 500m3 of material with

an average depth of 0.5m or greater where belowthe 5m Australian Height datum AHD.

b. protects the environmental and ecological valuesand health of receiving waters;

c. protects buildings and infrastructure from the effectsof acid sulfate soils.

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this criteria primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), matters of stateenvironmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES is defined inSchedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix 1 of thePlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Vegetation clearing, ecological value and connectivity

1781Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 52: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO82

Development avoids locating in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where it is not practicable orreasonable for development to avoid establishing in theseareas, development must ensure that:

a. the quality and integrity of the biodiversity andecological values inherent to a High Value Areaand a Value Offset Area is maintained and not lostor degraded;

b. on-site mitigation measures, mechanisms orprocesses are in place demonstrating the qualityand integrity of the biodiversity and ecologicalvalues inherent to a High Value Area and a ValueOffset Area are maintained. For example, this canbe achieved through replacement, restoration orrehabilitation planting as part of any proposedcovenant, the development of a VegetationManagement Plan, a Fauna Management Plan,and any other on-site mitigation options identifiedin the Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas*.

* Editor's note - This is not a requirement for an environmental offsetunder the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

No example provided.PO83

Development provides for safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and establishes andmaintains habitat connectivity by:

a. retaining habitat trees;b. providing contiguous patches of habitat;c. provide replacement and rehabilitation planting to

improve connectivity;d. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;e. providing wildlife movement infrastructure.

Editor's note - Wildlife movement infrastructure may include refugepoles, tree boulevarding, ‘stepping stone’ vegetation plantings,tunnels, appropriate wildlife fencing; culverts with ledges,underpasses, overpasses, land bridges and rope bridges. Furtherinformation is provided in Planning scheme policy – Environmentalareas.

Vegetation clearing and habitat protection

No example provided.PO84

Development ensures that the biodiversity quality andintegrity of habitats is not adversely impacted upon butmaintained and protected.

No example provided.PO85

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1782

6 Zones

Page 53: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development does not result in the net loss ordegradation of habitat value in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where development does result inthe loss or degradation of habitat value, developmentwill:

a. rehabilitate, revegetate, restore and enhance anarea to ensure it continues to function as a viableand healthy habitat area;

b. provide replacement fauna nesting boxes in theevent of habitat tree loss in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas;

c. undertake rehabilitation, revegetation andrestoration in accordance with the South EastQueensland Ecological Restoration Framework.

No example provided.PO86

Development ensures safe, unimpeded, convenient andongoing wildlife movement and habitat connectivity by:

a. providing contiguous patches of habitat;b. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;c. providing wildlife movement infrastructure;d. providing replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity.

Vegetation clearing and soil resource stability

No example provided.PO87

Development does not:

a. result in soil erosion or land degradation;b. leave cleared land exposed for an unreasonable

period of time but is rehabilitated in a timely manner.

Vegetation clearing and water quality

No example provided.PO88

Development maintains or improves the quality ofgroundwater and surface water within, and downstream,of a site by:

a. ensuring an effective vegetated buffers andsetbacks from waterbodies is retained to achievenatural filtration and reduce sediment loads;

b. avoiding or minimising changes to landforms tomaintain hydrological water flows;

c. adopting suitable measures to exclude livestockfrom entering a waterbody where a site is beingused for animal husbandry(4) and animal keeping(5)

activities.

No example provided.PO89

Development minimises adverse impacts of stormwaterrun-off on water quality by:

1783Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 54: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. minimising flow velocity to reduce erosion;b. minimising hard surface areas;c. maximising the use of permeable surfaces;d. incorporating sediment retention devices;e. minimising channelled flow.

Vegetation clearing and access, edge effects and urban heat island effects

No example provided.PO90

Development retains safe and convenient public accessin a manner that does not result in the adverse edgeeffects or the loss or degradation of biodiversity valueswithin the environment.

No example provided.PO91

Development minimises potential adverse ‘edge effects’on ecological values by:

a. providing dense planting buffers of native vegetationbetween a development and environmental areas;

b. retaining patches of native vegetation of greatestpossible size where located between a developmentand environmental areas ;

c. restoring, rehabilitating and increasing the size ofexisting patches of native vegetation;

d. ensuring that buildings and access (public andvehicle) are setback as far as possible fromenvironmental areas and corridors;

e. landscaping with native plants of local origin.

Editor's note - Edge effects are factors of development that go todetrimentally affecting the composition and density of naturalpopulations at the fringe of natural areas. Factors include weedinvasion, pets, public and vehicle access, nutrient loads, noise andlight pollution, increased fire frequency and changes in thegroundwater and surface water flow.

No example provided.PO92

Development avoids adverse microclimate change anddoes not result in increased urban heat island effects.Adverse urban heat island effects are minimised by:

a. pervious surfaces;b. providing deeply planted vegetation buffers and

green linkage opportunities;c. landscaping with local native plant species to

achieve well-shaded urban places;d. increasing the service extent of the urban forest

canopy.

Vegetation clearing and Matters of Local Environmental Significance (MLES) environmental offsets

No example provided.PO93

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1784

6 Zones

Page 55: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Where development results in the unavoidable loss ofnative vegetation within a Value Offset Area MLESwaterway buffer or a Value Offset Area MLES wetlandbuffer, an environmental offset is required in accordancewith the environmental offset requirements identified inPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editor's note - For MSES Koala Offsets, the environmental offsetprovisions in schedule 11 of the Regulation, in combination with therequirements of the Environmental Offset Act 2014, apply.

Extractive resources separation area (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (separation area) to determineif the following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcomes, a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitably qualifiedperson. Guidance to preparing noise impact assessment report is provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

E94PO94

One dwelling house(22) permitted per lot within separationarea.

Development does not increase the number of peopleliving in the Extractive Resources separation area.

E95PO95

Development within the separation area does not includethe following activities:

Development:

a. does not introduce or increase uses that aresensitive to the impacts of an Extractive industry(27); a. Caretaker's accommodation(10);

b. b.is compatible with the operation of an Extractiveindustry(27);

Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);

c. does not comprise or undermine the function andintegrity of the separation area in providing a buffer

d. Dwelling unit(23);e. Hospital(36);

between key extractive and processing activities f. Rooming accommodation(69);and sensitive, incompatible uses outside theseparation area.

g. Multiple dwelling(49);h. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);i. Relocatable home park(62);j. Residential care facility(65);k. Resort complex(66);l. Retirement facility(67);m. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);n. Short-term accommodation(77);o. Tourist park(84).

E96PO96

All habitable rooms within the separation area are:Habitable rooms achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

a. acoustically insulated to achieve the noise levelslisted in Schedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives,Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008;

b. provided with mechanical ventilation.

E97PO97

Private open space areas are separated from theresource processing area by buildings or a 1.8m highsolid structure.

1785Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 56: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development provides open space areas for passiverecreation in a manner where impacts from keyextractive/processing activities, particularly noise, isminimised.

Extractive resources transport routes (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (transport route and buffer)to determine if the following assessment criteria apply)

E98PO98

The following uses are not located within the 100m widetransport route buffer:

Development:

a. does not increase in the number of people living inclose proximity to a transport route and being a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10), except where

located in the Extractive industry zone;subject to the adverse effects from thetransportation route; b. Community residence(16);

b. does not result in the establishment of uses thatare incompatible with the operation of Extractiveresources transport routes;

c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22);e. Dwelling unit(23);

c. adopts design and location measures tosatisfactorily mitigate the potential adverse impacts

f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);

associated with transportation routes on sensitive h. Multiple dwelling(49);land uses. Such measures include, but are notlimited to: i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);

j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);i. locating the furthest distance possible from

the transportation route; l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);ii. habitable rooms being located the furthest

from the transportation route; n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);iii. o.shielding and screening private outdoor

recreation space from the transportationroutes.

Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E99.1PO99

Development does not create a new vehicle access pointonto an Extractive resources transport route.

Development:

a. does not adversely impact upon the efficient andeffective transportation of extractive material alonga transportation route; E99.2

b. ensures vehicle access and egress alongtransportation routes are designed and located to A vehicle access point is located, designed and

constructed in accordance with Planning scheme policy- Integrated design.

achieve a high degree of safety, having goodvisibility;

c. utilises existing vehicle access points and whereexisting vehicle access points are sub-standard orpoorly formed, they are upgraded to an appropriatestandard.

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of heritage performance outcomes, a Cultural heritage impact assessment report is preparedby a suitably qualified person verifying the proposed development is in accordance with The Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter.

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of this performance outcome, a Tree assessment report is prepared by a qualified arborist inaccordance with Planning scheme policy – Heritage and landscape character. The Tree assessment report will also detail the measuresadopted in accordance with AS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1786

6 Zones

Page 57: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Places, including sites, objects and buildings having local cultural heritage significance, are identified on Overlay map - Heritage andlandscape character and listed in Schedule 1 of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Places also having culturalheritage significance at a State level and being entered in the Queensland Heritage Register, are also identified in Schedule 1 of Planningscheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

E100PO100

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repairand restoration of a site, object or building of culturalheritage value.

Development will:

a. not diminish or cause irreversible damage to thecultural heritage values present on the site, andassociated with a heritage site, object or building; Note - A cultural heritage conservation management plan for the

preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of a site, objector building of cultural heritage value is prepared in accordance with

b. protect the fabric and setting of the heritage site,object or building;

Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Theplan is sent to, and approved by Council prior to the commencementof any preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works.

c. be consistent with the form, scale and style of theheritage site, object or building;

d. utilise similar materials to those existing, or wherethis is not reasonable or practicable, neutralmaterials and finishes;

e. incorporate complementary elements, detailing andornamentation to those present on the heritage site,object or building;

f. retain public access where this is currently provided.

No example provided.PO101

Demolition and removal is only considered where:

a. a report prepared by a suitably qualifiedconservation architect or conservation engineerdemonstrates that the building is structurallyunsound and is not reasonably capable of economicrepair; or

b. demolition is confined to the removal ofoutbuildings, extensions and alterations that arenot part of the original structure; or

c. limited demolition is performed in the course ofrepairs, maintenance or restoration; or

d. demolition is performed following a catastrophicevent which substantially destroys the building orobject.

No example provided.PO102

Where development is occurring on land adjoining a siteof cultural heritage value, the development is to besympathetic to and consistent with the cultural heritagevalues present on the site and not result in their valuesbeing eroded, degraded or unreasonably obscured frompublic view.

E103PO103

Development does:Development does not adversely impact upon the healthand vitality of significant trees. Where developmentoccurs in proximity to a significant tree, construction a. not result in the removal of a significant tree;

1787Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 58: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

measures and techniques as detailed in AS 4970-2009Protection of trees on development sites are adopted toensure a significant tree's health, wellbeing and vitality.

b. not occur within 20m of a protected tree;c. involve pruning of a tree in accordance with

Australian Standard AS 4373-2007 – Pruning ofAmenity Trees.

Significant trees are only removed where they are in apoor state of health or where they pose a health andsafety risk to persons or property. A Tree Assessmentreport prepared by a suitably qualified arborist confirminga tree's state of health is required to demonstrateachievement of this performance outcome.

Infrastructure buffers (refer Overlay map - Infrastructure buffers to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

E104PO104

The following uses are not located within a wastewatertreatment site buffer:

Odour sensitive development is separated fromWastewater treatment plants so they are not adverselyaffected by odour emission or other air pollutant impacts.

a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22)

e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E105PO105

The following uses are not located within a Landfill buffer:Odour sensitive development is separated from landfillsites so they are not adversely affected by odouremission or other air pollutant impacts. a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);

b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22);e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1788

6 Zones

Page 59: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E106PO106

Habitable rooms:Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are located a sufficient distance fromsubstations(80) to avoid any potential adverse impactson personal health and wellbeing from electromagneticfields.

a. are not located within an Electricity supplysubstation buffer; and

b. proposed on a site subject to an Electricity supplysupply substation(80)are acoustically insulted to

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

achieve the noise levels listed in Schedule 1,Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

No example provided.PO107

Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are acoustically insulated from the noise of asubstation(80) to achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome,a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitably qualifiedperson. Guidance to preparing an noise impact assessment reportis provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

E108PO108

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a High voltage electricityline buffer.

Development within a High voltage electricity line bufferprovides adequate buffers to high voltage electricity linesto protect amenity and health by ensuring development:

a. is located and designed to avoid any potentialadverse impacts on personal health and wellbeingfrom electromagnetic fields in accordance with theprinciple of prudent avoidance;

b. is located and designed in a manner that maintainsa high level of security of supply;

c. is located and design so not to impede upon thefunctioning and maintenance of high voltageelectrical infrastructure.

E109PO109

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a Pumping station buffer.

Development within a Pumping station buffer is located,designed and constructed to:

1789Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 60: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. ensure that odour or other air pollutant impacts onthe amenity of the development met the air qualityof objectives in the Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008;

b. ensure that noise impacts on the amenity of thedevelopment met the indoor noise objectives setout in the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy2008.

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - The applicable river and creek flood planning levels associated with defined flood event (DFE) within the inundation area can beobtained by requesting a flood check property report from Council.

No example provided.PO110

Development:

a. minimises the risk to persons from overland flow;b. does not increase the potential for damage from

overland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public land, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

No example provided.PO111

Development:

a. maintains the conveyance of overland flowpredominantly unimpeded through the premises forany event up to and including the 1% AEP for thefully developed upstream catchment;

b. does not concentrate, intensify or divert overlandflow onto an upstream, downstream or surroundingproperty.

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow.

No example provided.PO112

Development does not:

a. directly, indirectly or cumulatively cause anyincrease in overland flow velocity or level;

b. increase the potential for flood damage fromoverland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public lands, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1790

6 Zones

Page 61: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Open concrete drains greater than 1m in width are not anacceptable outcome, nor are any other design options that mayincrease scouring.

E113PO113

Development ensures that a hazardous chemical is notlocated or stored in an Overland flow path area.

Development ensures that public safety and the risk tothe environment are not adversely affected by adetrimental impact of overland flow on a hazardouschemical located or stored on the premises. Note - Refer to theWork Health and Safety Act 2011 and associated

Regulation and Guidelines, the Environmental Protection Act 1994and the relevant building assessment provisions under the BuildingAct 1975 for requirements related to the manufacture and storageof hazardous substances.

E114PO114

Development which is not in a Rural zone that anoverland flow paths and drainage infrastructure isprovided to convey overland flow from a road or publicopen space area away from a private lot.

Development which is not in a Rural zone ensures thatoverland flow is not conveyed from a road or public openspace onto a private lot.

E115.1PO115

Development ensures that roof and allotment drainageinfrastructure is provided in accordance with the followingrelevant level as identified in QUDM:

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure, overland flow paths and open drainsthrough private property cater for overland flows for afully developed upstream catchment and are able to beeasily maintained. a. Urban area – Level III;

b. Rural area – N/A;Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the development

c. Industrial area – Level V;d. Commercial area – Level V.

does not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises. E115.2

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure is designed to accommodate any event upto and including the 1% AEP for the fully developedupstream catchment.

No example provided.PO116

Development protects the conveyance of overland flowsuch that an easement for drainage purposes is providedover:

a. a stormwater pipe if the nominal pipe diameterexceeds 300mm;

b. an overland flow path where it crosses more thanone premises;

c. inter-allotment drainage infrastructure.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for detailsand examples.

1791Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 62: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Additional criteria for development for a Park(57)

E117PO117

Development for a Park(57) ensures works are providedin accordance with the requirements set out in AppendixB of the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Development for a Park(57) ensures that the design andlayout responds to the nature of the overland flowaffecting the premises such that:

a. public benefit and enjoyment is maximised;

b. impacts on the asset life and integrity of parkstructures is minimised;

c. maintenance and replacement costs are minimised.

Riparian and wetland setbacks

E118PO118

Development does not occur within:Development provides and maintains a suitable setbackfrom waterways and wetlands that protects natural andenvironmental values. This is achieved by recognisingand responding to the following matters:

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway anddrainage line

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway anddrainage line

a. impact on fauna habitats;

b. impact on wildlife corridors and connectivity;c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway and

drainage linec. impact on stream integrity;

d.d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50mfrom all other wetlands.

impact of opportunities for revegetation andrehabilitation planting;

e. edge effects.Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlandsare mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparianand wetland setbacks.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1792

6 Zones

Page 63: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Figure - Deception Bay Road Mixed Industry and Business

1793Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 64: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.2 Light industry precinct

6.2.7.2.1 Purpose - Light industry precinct

1. The purpose of the code will be achieved through the following overall outcomes for the Light industry precinct:

a. A range of industrial activities are established in the precinct which are of a low intensity and scale, withminimal off-site impacts and no adverse impacts on surrounding sensitive land uses.

b. The operation and viability of existing and future industrial activities is protected from the intrusion ofincompatible uses.

c. Industrial activities which involve a high level of contact with the general public are located along arterial,sub-arterial and collector roads.

d. Industrial activities are located, designed and managed to:

i. maintain the health and safety of people;

ii. avoid significant adverse effects on the natural environment;

iii. minimise the possibility of adverse impacts on nearby non-industrial uses.

e. Development has access to infrastructure and essential services and convenient access to major transportroutes.

f. Non-industrial uses occurring in the precinct:

i. Do not compromise or constrain the operation or viability of existing or future industrial activities;

ii. Are subordinate in function and scale to all centres within the region;

iii. Do not undermine the viability of existing or future centres or neighbourhood hubs;

iv. Are consolidated to minimise adverse impacts on the efficient functioning of industrial activities;

v. Provide a convenience service or support role to industries and employees in the precinct; or

vi. Where not providing a convenience service or support role, development:

A. Is located on a district collector, sub-arterial or arterial road;

B. Does not generate large amounts of vehicle traffic during operating hours of industry;

C. Cannot reasonably be located within a zone suited to the type of development

g. Development is designed to incorporate sustainable practices, including water sensitive design and energyefficient building design.

h. The scale, character and built form of development and the resulting streetscape contribute to a highstandard of visual and physical amenity and incorporates crime prevention through environmental design(CPTED) principles.

i. Special industry(79) does not occur within the precinct.

j. The continued operation of Places of worship(60) and Medium impact industries(47) that were lawfullyestablished at commencement is supported. Any extensions to these uses need to satisfy the outcomesof this code.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1794

6 Zones

Page 65: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

k. With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10), sensitive land uses do not occur within the precinct.

l. General works associated with the development achieves the following:

i. new development is provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current andfuture needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications andreticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

ii. the development manages stormwater to:

A. ensure the discharge of stormwater does not adversely affect the quality, environmental valuesor ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the externalroad network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or

adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

m. Activities associated with the use do not cause a nuisance by way of aerosols, fumes, light, noise, odour,particles or smoke.

n. Noise generating uses are designed, sited and constructed to minimise the transmission of noise toappropriate levels and do not cause environmental harm or nuisance.

o. Noise sensitive uses are designed, sited and constructed so as not to be subject to unacceptable levelsof noise.

p. Development avoids areas subject to constraint, limitation, or environmental value. Where developmentcannot avoid these identified areas, it responds by:

i. adopting a 'least risk, least impact' approach when designing, siting and locating development in anyarea subject to a constraint, limitation or environmental value to minimise the potential risk to people,property and the environment;

ii. ensuring no further instability, erosion or degradation of the land, water or soil resource;iii. when located within a Water buffer area, complying with the Water Quality Vision and Objectives

contained in the Seqwater Development Guidelines: Development Guidelines for Water QualityManagement in Drinking Water Catchments 2012.

iv. maintaining, restoring and rehabilitating environmental values, including natural, ecological, biological,aquatic, hydrological and amenity values, and enhancing these values through the provision of plantingand landscaping, and facilitating safe wildlife movement and connectivity through:

A. the provision of replacement, restoration, rehabilitation planting and landscaping;B. the location, design and management of development to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on

ecological systems and processes;C. the requiring of environmental offsets in accordance with the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

v. protecting native species and protecting and enhancing species habitat;vi. protecting and preserving the natural, aesthetic, architectural historic and cultural values of significant

trees, places, objects and buildings of heritage and cultural significance;vii. establishing effective separation distances, buffers and mitigation measures associated with identified

infrastructure to minimise adverse effects on sensitive land uses from odour, noise, dust and othernuisance generating activities;

viii. establishing, maintaining and protecting appropriate buffers to waterways, wetlands, native vegetationand significant fauna habitat;

ix. ensuring it promotes and does not undermine the ongoing viability, integrity, operation, maintenanceand safety of identified infrastructure;

1795Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 66: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

x. ensuring effective and efficient disaster management response and recovery capabilities;xi. where located in an overland flow path:

A. development siting, built form, layout and access responds to the risk presented by the overlandflow and minimises risk to personal safety;

B. development is resilient to the impacts of overland flow by ensuring the siting and design accountsfor the potential risks to property associated with the overland flow;

C. development does not impact on the conveyance of the overland flow for any event up to andincluding the 1% AEP for the fully developed upstream catchment;

D. development directly, indirectly and cumulatively avoid an increase in the severity of overlandflow and potential for damage on the premises or other premises, public lands, watercourses,roads or infrastructure.

q. Development in the Light industry precinct includes one or more of the following:

Medium Impact Industry(47)

(if 250m or greater from asensitive zone)

Educationalestablishment(24) (where fortechnical and trade relatededucation only)

Agricultural supplies store(2)

Animal husbandry(4)

Aquaculture(6) (where in abuilding)

Outdoor sales(54)

Emergency services(25)Research and technologyindustry(64)Bulk landscape supplies(9) Food and drink outlet(28)

(where not exceeding100m2 GFA)Caretaker's

accommodation(10)Sales office(72)

Service IndustryHardware and tradesupplies(32)Car wash(11)

Service station(74)

Low impact industry(42)Warehouse(88)

r. Development in the Light industry precinct does not include any of the following:

Parking station(58)Extractive industry(27)Air services(3)

Animal keeping(5) Permanent plantation(59)Food and drink outlet(28)

(where exceeding 100m2

GFA)Bar(7) Relocatable home park(62)

Renewable energy facility(63)Brothel(8) Function facility(29)

Cemetery(12) Residential care facility(65)Funeral parlour(30)

Child care centre(13) Resort complex(66)Health care services(33)

Club(14) Retirement facility(67)High impact industry(34)

Community care centre(15) Roadside stall(68)Intensive animal industry(39)

Community residence(16) RoomingAccommodation(69)Intensive horticulture(40)

Community use(17) Rural industry(70)Landing(41)

Crematorium(18) Rural workers'accommodation(71)

Major sport, recreation andentertainment facility(44)

Cropping(19)

Shopping Centre(76)Market(46)Detention facility(20)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1796

6 Zones

Page 67: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Short-termaccommodation(77)

Multiple dwelling(49)Dual occupancy(21)

Dwelling house(22) Nightclub entertainmentfacility(51) Special Industry(79)

Dwelling unit(23)

Non-resident workforceaccommodation(52)

Theatre(82)Educationalestablishment(24) (wherenot for technical and traderelated education)

Tourist attraction(83)

Outdoor sport andrecreation(55) Tourist park(84)

Veterinary services(87)Environment facility(26)

Winery(90)

s. Development not listed above may be considered on its merits and where it reflects and supports theoutcomes of the precinct.

6.2.7.2.2 Criteria for assessable development

Where development is categorised as assessable development - code assessment in the Table of Assessment, andlocated in a precinct, the assessment benchmarks are the criteria set out in Part C, Table 6.2.7.2.1 as well as thepurpose statement and overall outcomes of this code.

Where development is categorised as assessable development - impact assessment, the assessment benchmarksbecome the whole of the planning scheme.

Part C—Criteria for assessable development - Light industry precinct

Table 6.2.7.2.1 Assessable development - Light industry precinct

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

General criteria

Site cover

No example provided.PO1

Site cover is limited to a proportion of a site that ensures:

a. A sufficient number and type of vehicle parkingspaces are provided on the site to meet the parkingdemands and expectations of the proposed use;

b. Any type of vehicle expected to visit the site on aregular basis is able to access and leave the sitein a forward direction with clear manoeuvring onthe site;

c. setbacks to boundaries maximise the efficient useof the site while ensuring positive interfaces withpublic space or sensitive land uses;

d. Areas of landscaping are provided to soften thebuilt form and hard stand impacts of developmentwhilst providing areas of natural space on a site.

1797Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 68: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Building height

E2PO2

Building height does not exceed the maximum heightidentified on Overlay map - Building heights.

The height of buildings is in keeping with the predominantindustrial character of the precinct and does not causeadverse amenity impacts on nearby sensitive land usesand zones.

Setbacks

E3PO3

Buildings maintain a minimum setback of:Street boundary setbacks:

a. 6m to the primary frontage (other than the BruceHighway);

a. minimise building bulk and visual dominance fromthe street;

b. b.provide areas for landscaping at the front of thesite;

3m to the secondary frontage;

c. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.c. allow for customer parking to be located at the front

of the building;

d. Provide opportunities for dense landscaping toscreen at maturity any visibility of development ofa site from the Bruce Highway.

E4PO4

Where a development adjoins general residential zonedland, the building is setback a minimum of 3m from theproperty boundary with dense landscaping installed alongthe boundary to provide screening of the developmentwith a mature height of at least 3m.

Side and rear boundary setbacksmaintain views, privacy,access to natural light and the visual amenity of adjoiningsensitive land uses.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetermining acceptable levels of landscaping for screening purposes.

Building appearance and design

No example provided.PO5

Where fronting a district collector, sub-arterial or arterialroad, or visible from a Park(57) , or a centre zoned lot,buildings provide a high level of architectural designwhich adds visual interest to the streetscape and reducesthe perceived bulk of the building, by incorporating:

a. a range of building materials, colours and features;

b. facade articulation along street frontages;

c. design features to promote customer entry points;

d. materials that are not highly reflective.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1798

6 Zones

Page 69: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

No example provided.PO6

Buildings on highly visible corner allotments:

a. address both frontages;

b. contain building openings facing both frontages;

c. do not present blank unarticulated walls to eitherfrontage.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

1799Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 70: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Staff recreation area

E7PO7

Where the nature of the activities on-site do not allowstaff to eat in their work environment, the developmentprovides an on-site recreation area for staff that:

Staff are provided with adequate and amenablebreak/dining facilities to suit the nature of the activitieson-site.

a. Includes adequate seating, tables and rubbish binsfor the number of staff onsite;

b. is adequately protected from the weather;

c. is safely accessible to all staff;

d. is separate and private from public areas;

e. is located away from a noisy or odorous activity.

Landscaping

E8PO8

Landscaping is provided and maintained in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Landscaping is provided on the site to:

a. visually soften the built form, areas of hardstand,storage areas andmechanical plant associated withthe on-site activities;

b. complement the existing or desired streetscape;

c. minimise the impact of industrial development onadjoining lots not zoned for industrial purposes.

Fencing

E9PO9

Where fencing is provided on the street frontage, fencesections between columns or posts have a minimumtransparency of 70% spread evenly across its totalsurface area.

The provision of fencing on street frontages does notdominate the streetscape or create safety issues.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1800

6 Zones

Page 71: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Public access

E10.1PO10

Pedestrian linkages are provided from the street andcustomer car parking areas directly to the main entranceof the building.

The use has a safe, clearly identifiable public accessseparated from service and parking areas.

Note - The following diagram illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

E10.2

The public access is separated from industrial serviceareas.

Car parking

E11PO11

Car parking is provided in accordance with Schedule 7- Car parking.

Car parking is provided on-site to meet the anticipateddemand of employees and visitors and avoid adverseimpacts on the external road network.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment for guidance on how to achieve compliance with thisoutcome.

E12PO12

All car parking areas are designed and constructed inaccordance with Australian Standard AS2890.1.

The design of car parking areas:

a. does not impact on the safety of the external roadnetwork;

b. ensures the safety of pedestrians at all times;

c. ensures the safe movement of vehicles within thesite.

Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities

1801Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 72: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Note - Building work to which this code applies constitutes Major Development for purposes of development requirements for end of tripfacilities prescribed in the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1.

E13.1PO13

Minimum bicycle parking facilities are provided at a rateof 1 bicycle parking space for every 3 vehicles parkingspaces required by Schedule 7 – Car parking.

a. End of trip facilities are provided for employees oroccupants, in the building or on-site within areasonable walking distance, and include:

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels

i. adequate bicycle parking and storagefacilities; and

identified in those acceptable solutions. This example is aii. adequate provision for securing belongings;and combination of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in the

Queensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

iii. change rooms that include adequate showers,sanitary compartments, wash basins andmirrors. E13.2

Bicycle parking is:b. Notwithstanding a. there is no requirement to

provide end of trip facilities if it would beunreasonable to provide these facilities havingregard to:

a. provided in accordance with Austroads (2008),Guide to Traffic Management - Part 11: Parking;

b. protected from the weather by its location or adedicated roof structure;i. the projected population growth and forward

planning for road upgrading and developmentof cycle paths; or c. located within the building or in a dedicated, secure

structure for residents and staff;ii. whether it would be practical to commute to

and from the building on a bicycle, havingregard to the likely commute distances andnature of the terrain; or

d. adjacent to building entrances or in public areas forcustomers and visitors.

Note - Bicycle parking structures are to be constructed to thestandards prescribed in AS2890.3.

iii. the condition of the road and the nature andamount of traffic potentially affecting the safetyof commuters.

Note - Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities provided for residentialand non-residential activities may be pooled, provided they are within100 metres of the entrance to the building.

Editor's note - The intent of b above is to ensure the requirementsfor bicycle parking and end of trip facilities are not applied inunreasonable circumstances. For example these requirementsshould not, and do not apply in the Rural zone or the Rural residentialzone etc.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Editor's note - This performance outcome is the same as thePerformance Requirement prescribed for end of trip facilities underthe Queensland Development Code. For development incorporatingbuilding work, that Queensland Development Code performancerequirement cannot be altered by a local planning instrument and

E13.3has been reproduced here solely for information purposes. Council’sassessment in its building work concurrence agency role for end oftrip facilities will be against the performance requirement in the For non-residential uses, storage lockers:Queensland Development Code. As it is subject to change at anytime, applicants for development incorporating building work should

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1802

6 Zones

Page 73: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. are provide at a rate of 1.6 per bicycle parkingspace (rounded up to the nearest whole number);

ensure that proposals that do not comply with the examples underthis heading meet the current performance requirement prescribedin the Queensland Development Code.

b. have minimum dimensions of 900mm (height) x300mm (width) x 450mm (depth).

Note - Storage lockers may be pooled across multiple sites andactivities when within 100 metres of the entrance to the building andwithin 50 metres of bicycle parking and storage facilities.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

E13.4

For non-residential uses, changing rooms:

a. are provided at a rate of 1 per 10 bicycle parkingspaces;

b. are fitted with a lockable door or otherwise screenedfrom public view;

c. are provided with shower(s), sanitarycompartment(s) and wash basin(s) in accordancewith the table below:

Washbasinsrequired

Sanitarycompartmentsrequired

Showersrequired

Changeroomsrequired

Male/Female

Bicyclespacesprovided

11 closet pan11 unisexchangeroom

Maleandfemale

1-5

11 closet pan11Female6-19

11 closet pan11Male20 ormore

1, plus 1 forevery 60

2 closet pans,plus 1 sanitary

2, plus 1for every

1Female

bicyclecompartment for20 bicycleparkingevery 60 bicyclespacesspacesparking spacesprovided

thereafter providedthereafter

providedthereafter

1, plus 1 forevery 60

1 urinal and 1closet pans, plus

2, plus 1for every

1Male

bicycle1 sanitary20 bicycleparkingcompartment atspacesspacesthe rate of 1provided

thereafter providedthereafter

closet pan or 1urinal for every 60bicycle spaceprovidedthereafter

Note - All showers have a minimum 3-star Water Efficiency Labellingand Standards (WELS) rating shower head.

Note - All sanitary compartments are constructed in compliance withF2.3 (e) and F2.5 of BCA (Volume 1).

1803Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 74: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

d. are provided with:

i. a mirror located above each wash basin;ii. a hook and bench seating within each shower

compartment;iii. a socket-outlet located adjacent to each wash

basin.

Note - Change roomsmay be pooled acrossmultiple sites, residentialand non-residential activities when within 100 metres of the entranceto the building and within 50 metres of bicycle parking and storagefacilities

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Loading and servicing

No example provided.PO14

Service areas, including loading/unloading facilities, plantareas and outdoor storage areas, are screened from thedirect view from land not included in the Industry zoneand sub-arterial and arterial roads.

Note - If landscaping is proposed for screening purposes, refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design for determiningacceptable levels.

Waste

No example provided.PO15

Bins and bin storage area/s are provided, designed andmanaged in accordance with Planning scheme policy –Waste.

Environmental impacts

E16PO16

Development achieves the standard listed in Schedule1 Air Quality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008.

Where a use is not an environmentally relevant activityunder the Environmental Protection Act, the release ofany containment that may cause environmental harm ismitigated to an acceptable level.

Lighting

E17PO17

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1804

6 Zones

Page 75: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Artificial lighting on-site is directed and shielded in sucha manner as not to exceed the recommended maximumvalues of light technical parameters for the control of

Lighting is directed and shielded to not causeunreasonable disturbance to any person on adjoiningland.

obtrusive light given in Table 2.1 of Australian StandardAS 4282 (1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of OutdoorLighting.

Note - “Curfewed hours” are taken to be those hours between 10pmand 7am on the following day

Noise

No example provided.PO18

Noise generating uses do not adversely affect existingor potential noise sensitive uses.

Note - The use of walls, barriers or fences that are visible from oradjoin a road or public area are not appropriate noise attenuationmeasures unless adjoining a motorway, arterial road or rail line.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this performance outcome. Noise impactassessments are to be prepared in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Noise.

E19.1PO19

Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined inthe Planning Scheme Policy – Noise

Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriateacoustic environment within designated external privateoutdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

E19.2a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces,through maintaining high levels of surveillance of

Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers orfences):

parks, streets and roads that serve active transportpurposes (e.g. existing or future pedestrian pathsor cycle lanes etc); a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public area

unless:b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; orii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does not

serve an existing or future active transportpurpose (e.g. pedestrian paths or cycle lanes)

Note - Refer to Planning Scheme Policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

or where attenuation through building locationand materials is not possible.

b. do not remove existing or prevent future activetransport routes or connections to the streetnetwork;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped inaccordance with Planning scheme policy -Integrated design.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

1805Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 76: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Note - Refer to Overlay map – Active transport for future activetransport routes.

Hazardous Chemicals

Note - To assist in demonstrating compliance with the following performance outcomes, a Hazard Assessment Report may be required tobe prepared and submitted by a suitably qualified person in accordance with 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on developmentinvolving hazardous chemicals'.

Note - Terms used in this section are defined in 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on development involving hazardous chemicals'.

E20.1PO20

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of land zoned for vulnerable or sensitive landuses as described below:

Off sites risks from foreseeable hazard scenariosinvolving hazardous chemicals are commensurate withthe sensitivity of the surrounding land use zones.

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.1 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 0.5 x 10-6/year.

E20.2

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of a commercial or community activity land usezone as described below:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1806

6 Zones

Page 77: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.2 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 5 x 10-6/year.

E20.3

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of an industrial land use zone as describedbelow:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 14kPa overpressure;

ii. 12.6kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.3 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 50 x 10-6/year.

E21PO21

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are provided with 24 hourmonitoredfire detection system for early detection of a fire event.

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are designed to detect the earlystages of a fire situation and notify a designated person.

E22PO22

1807Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 78: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Storage areas containing packages of flammable andtoxic hazardous chemicals are designed with spillcontainment system(s) capable of containing a minimum

Common storage areas containing packages offlammable and toxic hazardous chemicals are designedwith spill containment system(s) that are adequate tocontain releases, including fire fighting media. of the total aggregate capacity of all packages plus the

maximum operating capacity of any fire protection systemfor the storage area(s) over a minimum of 60 minutes.

E23.1PO23

The base of any tank with a WC >2,500L or kg is higherthan any relevant flood height level identified in an area’sflood hazard area. Alternatively:

Storage and handling areas, including manufacturingareas, containing hazardous chemicals in quantitiesgreater than 2,500L or kg within a Local Government“flood hazard area” are located and designed in a mannerto minimise the likelihood of inundation of flood watersfrom creeks, rivers, lakes or estuaries.

a. bulk tanks are anchored so they cannot float ifsubmerged or inundated by water; and

b. tank openings not provided with a liquid tight seal,i.e. an atmospheric vent, are extended above therelevant flood height level.

E23.2

The lowest point of any storage area for packages>2,500L or kg is higher than any relevant flood heightlevel identified in an area’s flood hazard area.Alternatively, package stores are provided withimpervious bund walls or racking systems higher thanthe relevant flood height level.

Emissions into Brisbane operational airspace

E24.1PO24

Development does not emit a gaseous plume into theairport’s operational airspace at a velocity exceeding4.3m per second.

Emissions do not significantly increase air turbulence,reduce visibility or compromise the operation of aircraftengines in Brisbane airport’s operational airspace.

Note - Refer to State Planning Policy December 2013 mapping toidentify Brisbane airport’s operational airspace. E24.2

Development emitting smoke, dust, ash, steam or agaseous plume exceeding 4.3m per second is designedand constructed to mitigate adverse impacts of emissionsupon operational airspace.

Clearing of habitat trees where not located within the Environmental areas overlay map

No example provided.PO25

a. Development ensures that the biodiversity qualityand integrity of habitats is not adversely impactedupon but maintained and protected.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1808

6 Zones

Page 79: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

b. Development does not result in the net loss of faunahabitat. Where development does result in the lossof a habitat tree, development will providereplacement fauna nesting boxes at the followingrate of 1 nest box for every hollow removed. Wherehollows have not yet formed in trees > 80cm indiameter at 1.3m height, 3 nest boxes are requiredfor every habitat tree removed.

c. Development does not result in soil erosion or landdegradation or leave land exposed for anunreasonable period of time but is rehabilitated ina timely manner

Note: Further guidance on habitat trees is provided in Planningscheme policy - Environmental areas

Works criteria

Utilities

E26PO26

Development is connected to underground electricity.The development is connected to an existing reticulatedelectricity supply system approved by the relevant energyregulating authority.

No example provided.PO27

The development has access to telecommunications andbroadband services in accordance with current standards.

E28.1PO28

Where in a sewered area, the development is connectedto a reticulated sewerage network.

The development provides for the treatment and disposalof sewage and other waste water in a way that will notcause environmental harm or pose a risk to public health.

E28.2

Trade waste is pre-treated on-site prior to discharginginto the sewerage network.

E29PO29

Where in an existing connections area or a futureconnections area as detailed in the UnitywaterConnections Policy, the development is connected to the

The development is provided with an adequate andsustainable supply of potable (drinking and general usee.g. gardening, washing, fire fighting) water.

reticulated water supply system in accordance with theSouth East Queensland Water Supply and SewerageDesign and Construction Code and the relevant WaterService Association of Australia (WSAA) codes andstandards.

1809Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 80: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

No example provided.PO30

The development is provided with constructed anddedicated road access.

Access

No example provided.PO31

Where required, access easements contain a drivewayand provision for services appropriate to the use. Theeasement covers all works associated with the accessin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

E32.1PO32

The development provides for the extension of the roadnetwork in the area in accordance with Council’s roadnetwork planning.

The layout of the development does not compromise:

a. the development of the road network in the area;b. the function or safety of the road network;c. the capacity of the road network.

E32.2Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy. The development does not compromise future road

widening of frontage roads in accordance with therelevant standard and Council’s road planning.

E32.3

The lot layout allows forward access to and from the site.

E32.4

Vehicle access is not permitted via Foster Road for lotslocated in the Burpengary East Light industry precinct,as per Figure - Burpengary East Light Industry AccessRestriction.

E33.1PO33

Site access and driveways are designed and located inaccordance with:

Safe access is provided for all vehicles required to accessthe site.

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1section 3; or

b. Where for a State-Controlled road, the SafeIntersection Sight Distance requirements inAustRoads and the appropriate IPWEAQ standarddrawings, or a copy of a Transport InfrastructureAct 1994, section 62 approval.

E33.2

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1810

6 Zones

Page 81: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Internal driveways and access ways are designed andconstructed in accordance with AS/NZS2890.1 ParkingFacilities – Off street car parking and the relevantstandards in Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - This includes queue lengths (refer to Schedule 8 Servicevehicle requirements), pavement widths and construction.

E33.3

Access driveways, manoeuvring areas and loadingfacilities provide for service vehicles listed in Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements for the relevant use. Theon-site manoeuvring is to be in accordance with Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements.

No example provided.PO34

Upgrade works (whether trunk or non-trunk) are providedwhere necessary to:

a. ensure the type or volume of traffic generated bythe development does not have a negative impacton the external road network;

b. ensure the orderly and efficient continuation of theactive transport network;

c. ensure the site frontage is constructed to a suitableurban standard generally in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - An Integrated Transport Assessment (ITA) may be requiredto demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated transport assessment forguidance on when an ITA is required. An ITA should be preparedin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment.

Note - The road network is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy.

Note - The primary and secondary active transport network ismapped on Overlay map - Active transport.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with c. of this performanceoutcome, site frontage works where in existing road reserve(non-trunk) are to be designed and constructed as follows:

i. Where the street is partially established to an urban standard,match the alignment of existing kerb and channel and providecarriageway widening and underground drainage whererequired; or

ii. Where the street is not established to an urban standard,prepare a design that demonstrates how the relevant featuresof the particular road as shown in the Planning scheme policy- Integrated Design can be achieved in the existing reserve.

1811Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 82: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for roadnetwork and active transport network design standards.

Stormwater

No example provided.PO35

Stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a pointof lawful discharge without causing nuisance orannoyance to any person, property or premises.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Note - A watercourse as defined in the Water Act may be acceptedas a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage discharge fromthe site does not increase the downstream flood levels during eventsup to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of +20mm may beaccepted on Council controlled land and road infrastructure. Noworsening is ensured when stormwater is discharged into acatchment that includes State Transport Infrastructure.

No example provided.PO36

Stormwater generated from the development does notcompromise the capacity of existing stormwaterinfrastructure downstream of the site.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

No example provided.PO37

Stormwater quality management systems are designedand constructed to minimise the environmental impactof stormwater discharge on surface and undergroundreceiving water quality and meet the design objectivesin Tables A and B in Appendix 2 of the SPP.

Note - A stormwater management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified professional will be required in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management.

No example provided.PO38

Easements for drainage purposes are provided over:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1812

6 Zones

Page 83: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. stormwater pipes located in freehold land if the pipediameter exceeds 300mm;

b. overland flow paths where they cross more thanone property boundary.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Site works and construction management

No example provided.PO39

The site and any existing structures are maintained in atidy and safe condition.

E40.1PO40

Works incorporate temporary stormwater runoff, erosionand sediment controls and trash traps designed inaccordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning

All works on-site are managed to:

a. minimise as far as practicable, impacts on adjoiningor adjacent premises and the streetscape in regard Guidelines, Planning scheme policy - Stormwater

management and Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign, including but not limited to the following:

to erosion and sedimentation, dust, noise, safetyand light;

b. minimise as far as possible, impacts on the naturalenvironment; a. stormwater is not discharged to adjacent properties

in a manner that differs significantly frompre-existing conditions;

c. ensure stormwater discharge is managed in amanner that does not cause nuisance or annoyanceto any person or premises; b. stormwater discharged to adjoining and

downstream properties does not cause scour anderosion;

d. avoid adverse impacts on street trees and theircritical root zone.

c. stormwater discharge rates do not exceedpre-existing conditions;

d. the 10% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all temporary diversion drains; and

e. the 50% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all silt barriers and sedimentation basins.

E40.2

Stormwater runoff, erosion and sediment controls areconstructed prior to commencement of any clearing orearthworks and are maintained and adjusted asnecessary at all times to ensure their ongoingeffectiveness.

Note - The measures are adjusted on-site to maximise theireffectiveness.

E40.3

1813Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 84: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

The completed earthworks area is stabilised using turf,established grass seeding, mulch or sprayed stabilisationtechniques to control erosion and sediment and dust fromleaving the property.

E40.4

Where works are proposed in proximity to an existingstreet tree, an inspection and a root management planis undertaken by a qualified arborist which demonstratesand ensures that no permanent damage is caused to thetree.

E41PO41

No dust emissions extend beyond the boundaries of thesite during soil disturbances and construction works.

Dust suppression measures are implemented during soildisturbances and construction works to protect nearbypremises from unreasonable dust impacts.

E42.1PO42

Construction traffic including contractor car parking iscontrolled in accordance with a traffic management plan,prepared in accordance with the Manual of UniformTraffic Control Devices (MUTCD) to ensure all trafficmovements to and from the site are safe.

All works on-site and the transportation of material to andfrom the site are managed to not negatively impact theexisting road network, the amenity of the surroundingarea or the streetscape.

Note - Where the amount of imported or exported material is greaterthan 50m3, a haulage route must be identified and approved byCouncil. E42.2

All contractor car parking is either provided on thedevelopment site, or on an alternative site in the generallocality which has been set aside for car parking.Contractors vehicles are generally not to be parked inexisting roads.

Note - A Traffic Management Plan may be required for the site inaccordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

E42.3

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s)as a result of construction processes associated with thesite are to be cleaned at all times.

E43PO43

At completion of construction all disturbed areas of thesite are to be:

All disturbed areas are rehabilitated at the completion ofconstruction.

a. topsoiled with a minimum compacted thickness offifty (50) millimetres;

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

b. grassed.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1814

6 Zones

Page 85: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Note - These areas are to be maintained during any maintenanceperiod to maximise grass coverage from grass seeding of theseareas.

E44.1PO44

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarilyfenced or protected prior to and during developmentworks.

The clearing of vegetation on-site:

a. is limited to the area of infrastructure works, buildingareas and other necessary areas for the works; and

Note - No parking of vehicles of storage of machinery or goods isto occur in these areas during development works.

includes the removal of declared weeds and othermaterials which are detrimental to the intended useof the land;

b.

c. is disposed of in a manner which minimisesnuisance and annoyance to existing premises. E44.2

Disposal of materials is managed in one or more of thefollowing ways:

Note - No burning of cleared vegetation is permitted.

a. all cleared vegetation, declared weeds, stumps,rubbish, car bodies, scrap metal and the like areremoved and disposed of in a Council land fillfacility; or

b. all native vegetation with a diameter below 400mmis to be chipped and stored on-site.

Note - The chipped vegetation must be stored in an approvedlocation, preferably a park or public land.

No example provided.PO45

Any alteration or relocation in connection with or arisingfrom the development to any service, installation, plant,equipment or other item belonging to or under the controlof the telecommunications authority, electricity authorities,the Council or other person engaged in the provision ofpublic utility services is to be carried with the developmentand at no cost to Council.

Earthworks

E46.1PO46

All cut and fill batters are provided with appropriate scour,erosion protection and run-off control measures includingcatch drains at the top of batters and lined batter drainsas necessary.

On-site earthworks are designed to consider the visualand amenity impact as they relate to:

a. the natural topographical features of the site;b. short and long-term slope stability;c. soft or compressible foundation soils;

E46.2d. reactive soils;e. low density or potentially collapsing soils; Stabilisation measures are provided, as necessary, to

ensure long-term stability and low maintenance of steeprock slopes and batters.

f. existing fill and soil contamination that may existon-site;

1815Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 86: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

E46.3g. the stability and maintenance of steep rock slopesand batters;

Inspection and certification of steep rock slopes andbatters is required by a suitably qualified and experiencedRPEQ.

h. excavation (cut) and fill and impacts on the amenityof adjoining lots (e.g. residential).

Note - Filling or excavation works are to be completed within sixmonths of the commencement date. E46.4

All filling or excavation is contained on-site.

E46.5

All fill placed on-site is:

a. limited to that required for the necessary approveduse;

b. clean and uncontaminated (i.e. no building waste,concrete, green waste or contaminated materialetc. is used as fill).

E46.6

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site inaccordance with AS3798.

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenanceand bonding procedures.

E47PO47

Any embankments more than 1.5 metres in height arestepped, terraced and landscaped.

Embankments are stepped, terraced and landscaped tonot adversely impact on the visual amenity of thesurrounding area.

Figure - Embankment

E48.1PO48

No filling or excavation is undertaken in an easementissued in favour of Council or a public sector entity.

Filling or excavation is undertaken in a manner that:

a. does not adversely impact on a Council or publicsector entity maintained infrastructure or anydrainage feature on, or adjacent to the land;

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

b. does not preclude reasonable access to a Councilor public sector entity maintained infrastructure or

E48.2any drainage feature on, or adjacent to the land formonitoring, maintenance or replacement purposes.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1816

6 Zones

Page 87: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Filling or excavation that would result in any of thefollowing is not carried out on-site:

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

a. a reduction in cover over any Council or publicsector entity infrastructure service to less than600mm;

b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within1.5m on each side of, the Council or public sectorentity infrastructure above that which existed priorto the earthworks being undertaken.

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

No example provided.PO49

Filling or excavation does not result in land instability.

Note - Steep rock slopes and batters are inspected and certified forlong-term stability by a suitably qualified and experiencedgeotechnical engineer with RPEQ qualifications. Stabilisationmeasures are provided, as necessary, to ensure long-term stabilityand low maintenance.

No example provided.PO50

Development does not result in

a. adverse impacts on the hydrological and hydrauliccapacity of the waterway or floodway;

b. increased flood inundation outside the site;c. any reduction in the flood storage capacity in the

floodway;d. and any clearing of native vegetation.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with this outcome, PlanningScheme Policy - Stormwater Management provides guidance onthe preparation of a site based stormwater management plan by asuitably qualified professional. Refer to Planning scheme policy -Integrated design for guidance on infrastructure design andmodellingrequirements.

Retaining walls and structures

E51PO51

Earth retaining structures:All earth retaining structures provide a positive interfacewith the streetscape andminimise impacts on the amenityof adjoining residents. a. are not constructed of boulder rocks or timber;

b. where height is no greater than 900mm, areprovided in accordance with Figure - Retaining ona boundary;

1817Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 88: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Figure - Retaining on boundary

c. where height is greater than 900mm but no greaterthan 1.5m, are to be setback at least the equivalentheight of the retaining structure from any propertyboundary;

d. where height is greater than 1.5m, are to be setbackand stepped 1.5m vertical: 1.5m horizontal,terraced, landscaped and drained as shown below.

Figure - Cut

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1818

6 Zones

Page 89: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Figure - Fill

Fire Services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

E52.1PO52

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to thestandard prescribed under the relevant parts ofAustralianStandard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

Development incorporates a fire fighting system that:

a. satisfies the reasonable needs of the fire fightingentity for the area;

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the followingare the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005) that may be applicable:

b. is appropriate for the size, shape and topographyof the development and its surrounds;

c. is compatible with the operational equipmentavailable to the fire fighting entity for the area; a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part

3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and their

1819Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 90: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

d. considers the fire hazard inherent in the materialscomprising the development and their proximity toone another;

associated outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrantsor suitably signposted in-ground hydrants would be anacceptable alternative;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for firehydrants - Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well asAppendix B of AS 2419.1 (2005);

e. considers the fire hazard inherent in the surroundsto the development site;

f. is maintained in effective operating order. c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and otherfacilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

Note - The Queensland Fire and Emergency Services is the entitycurrently providing the fire fighting function for the urban areas ofthe Moreton Bay Region.

i. for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrantcoverage need only extend to the roof and externalwalls of those buildings;

ii. for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need onlyextend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities,hydrant coverage is required across the entire area ofthe outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoorstorage facilities;

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearancerequirements - Part 3.5 and, where applicable, Part 3.6.

E52.2

A continuous path of travel having the followingcharacteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant andhydrant booster point on the land:

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne

HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to

stand within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m ofeach hydrant booster point.

E52.3

On-site fire hydrant facilities are maintained in effectiveoperating order in a manner prescribed in AustralianStandard AS1851 (2012) – Routine service of fireprotection systems and equipment.

E53PO53

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings:

On-site fire hydrants that are external to buildings, aswell as the available fire fighting appliance access routesto those hydrants, can be readily identified at all timesfrom, or at, the vehicular entry point to the developmentsite.

a. those external hydrants can be seen from thevehicular entry point to the site; or

b. a sign identifying the following is provided at thevehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (toscale);

ii. internal road names (where used);

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1820

6 Zones

Page 91: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

iii. all communal facilities (where provided);

iv. the reception area and on-site manager’soffice (where provided);

v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;

vi. physical constraints within the internalroadway system which would restrict accessby fire fighting appliances to external hydrantsand hydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood,at all times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5m fromthe sign.

E54PO54

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings, those hydrants are identified byway of marker posts and raised reflective pavement

Each on-site fire hydrant that is external to a building issignposted in a way that enables it to be readily identifiedat all times by the occupants of any firefighting appliancetraversing the development site. markers in the manner prescribed in the technical note

Fire hydrant indication system produced by theQueensland Department of Transport and Main Roads.

Note - Technical note Fire hydrant indication system is available onthe website of the Queensland Department of Transport and MainRoads.

Use specific criteria

Industrial land uses

E55PO55

The combined area of ancillary non-industrial activities,including but not limited to offices(53), administrationfunctions, display and retail sale of commodities, articles

Ancillary office(53), administration functions, retail salesand customer service components do not compromisethe primary use of the site for industrial purposes orcompromise the viability, role or function of the region'scentres network.

or goods resulting from the industrial processes on-site,does not exceed 30% of the GFA or 500m2, whicheveris the lesser.

No example provided.PO56

Buildings directly adjoining non-industrial zoned land:

1821Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 92: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. are compatible with the character of the adjoiningarea;

b. minimise overlooking and overshadowing;

c. maintain privacy;

d. do not cause significant loss of amenity toneighbouring residents by way of noise, vibration,odour, lighting, traffic generation and hours ofoperation.

No example provided.PO57

Medium impact industry(47) uses only establish in theprecinct where:

a. buildings and activities are located at least 250mfrom a sensitive land use or sensitive zone;

b. not constraining the function or viability of existingor future uses in the precinct;

c. not adversely affecting the amenity, health or safetyof employees and visitors of the surrounding uses;

d. not adversely affecting the amenity, health or safetyof nearby sensitive land uses.

Note - Separation distances are to be measured in a straight line,in accordance with the State policy.

No example provided.PO58

Non-industrial components of buildings (includingoffices(53) and retail areas) are designed as high qualityarchitectural features and incorporate entry area elementssuch as forecourts, awnings and the architecturaltreatment of roof lines and fascias.

Caretaker’s accommodation (10)

E59PO59

Caretaker's accommodation(10):Development of Caretaker's accommodation(10):

a. has a maximum GFA is 80m2;a. does not compromise the productivity of the useoccurring on-site and in the surrounding area;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway tothat of the industrial use;b. is domestic in scale;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1822

6 Zones

Page 93: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

c. provides a minimum 16m2 of private open spacedirectly accessible from a habitable room;

c. provides adequate car parking provisions exclusiveon the primary use of the site;

d. d.is safe for the residents; provides car parking in accordance with Schedule7 - Car parking.

e. has regard to the open space and recreation needsof the residents.

Sales office (72)

E60PO60

A Sales office(72) is located on the site for no longer than2 years.

Sales office(72) remain temporary in duration anddemonstrates a relationship to the land or buildings beingdisplayed or sold.

Home based business (35)

No example provided.PO61

Home based business(s)(35):

a. is subordinate in size and function to the primaryuse on the site being residential;

b. are of a scale and intensity that does not result inadverse visual or nuisance impacts on the residentsin adjoining or nearby dwellings;

c. results in a vehicular and pedestrian trafficgeneration consistent with that reasonably expectedin the surrounding area;

d. are suitably screened to ensure adverse visualimpacts on the residents in adjoining or nearbydwellings are minimised;

e. sufficiently separated from adjoining properties sodevelopment does not result in adverse visual,noise, or nuisance impacts on adjoining residents.

E62.1PO62

Only goods grown, produced or manufactured on-siteare sold from the site.

On-site display and sales of goods is limited to theactivities being undertaken from the site and does notresult in:

E62.2a. the display and sale of goods being viewed fromoutside of the site;

Display of goods grown, produced or manufacturedon-site are contained within a dwelling or on-site structureand the display of goods is not visible from the boundaryof the site.

b. overall development on the site having apredominantly commercial appearance.

Other Non-industrial land uses

1823Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 94: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

No example provided.PO63

Showrooms(78) are limited to:

a. Lots with frontages to district collectors, sub-arterialand arterial roads;

b. Industry and trade related product lines;

c. A gross floor area of 500m2

Note - Industry and trade related products are considered to beproducts used by the industry and trades in creating an end product.Example may include:

Kitchen and bathroom showrooms(78) (i.e. Fixtures, plumbingsupplies, bench tops, etc)Flooring showrooms(78) (i.e. Tiles, carpet, hardwood flooringsupplies)Electrical showrooms(78)

Building and construction products

No example provided.PO64

Food and Drink Outlets(28) are limited to a gross floorarea of 100m2.

No example provided.PO65

With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10),residential and other sensitive land uses do not establishwithin the precinct.

No example provided.PO66

Non-industrial uses:

a. are consolidated with existing non-industrial usesin the precinct;

b. do not compromise the viability, role or function ofthe region's centre network;

c. are not subject to adverse amenity impacts or riskto health from industrial activities;

d. do not constrain the function or viability of existingor future industrial activities in the surrounding area.

Note - The submission of a Hazard and Nuisance Mitigation Planmay be required to justify compliance with this outcome.

No example provided.PO67

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1824

6 Zones

Page 95: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Where located on a local collector or access street,non-industrial uses provide only direct convenience orsupport services to the industrial workforce.

Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy

No example provided.PO68

Traffic generated by non-industrial uses does notdetrimentally impact the operation and functionality ofthe external road network.

No example provided.PO69

The design of non-industrial buildings in the precinct:

a. adds visual interest to the streetscape (e.g. variationin materials, patterns, textures and colours, aconsistent building line, blank walls that are visiblefrom public places are treated to not negativelyimpact the surrounding amenity);

b. contributes to a safe environment (e.g. through theuse of lighting and not resulting in concealedrecesses or potential entrapment areas);

c. incorporates architectural features within thebuilding facade at the street level to create humanscale (e.g. awnings).

E70.1PO70

The main entrance to the building is clearly visible fromand addresses the primary street frontage.

Building entrances:

a. are readily identifiable from the road frontage;

E70.2b. add visual interest to the streetscape;

Where the building does not adjoin the street frontage,a dedicated and sealed pedestrian footpath is providedbetween the street frontage and the building entrance.

c. are designed to limit opportunities for concealment;

d. are located and oriented to favour active and publictransport usage by connecting to pedestrianfootpaths on the street frontage and adjoining sites.

Note - The design provisions for footpaths outlined in Planningscheme policy - Integrated design may assist in demonstratingcompliance with this outcome.

Major electricity infrastructure(43), Substation(80) and Utility installation(86)

E71.1PO71

1825Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 96: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development is designed to minimise surrounding landuse conflicts by ensuring infrastructure, buildings,structures and other equipment:

The development does not have an adverse impact onthe visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;a. are enclosed within buildings or structures;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;b. are located behind the main building line;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;c. have a similar height, bulk and scale to the

surrounding fabric;d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

d. have horizontal and vertical articulation applied toall exterior walls.

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape; E71.2

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity; A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the outside of the fenced area, between thedevelopment and street frontage, side and rearboundaries.

h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.

E72PO72

Access control arrangements:Infrastructure does not have an impact on pedestrianhealth and safety.

a. do not create dead-ends or dark alleyways adjacentto the infrastructure;

b. minimise the number and width of crossovers andentry points;

c. provide safe vehicular access to the site;d. do not utilise barbed wire or razor wire.

E73PO73

All equipment which produces audible or non-audiblesound is housed within a fully enclosed buildingincorporating sound control measures sufficient to ensurenoise emissions meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility:

a. generates no audible sound at the site boundarieswhere in a residential setting; or

b. meet the objectives as set out in the EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Telecommunications facility (81)

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities (81)must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

E74.1PO74

New telecommunication facilities(81) are co-located onexisting towers with new equipment shelter andassociated structures positioned adjacent to the existingshelters and structures.

Telecommunications facilities(81) are co-located withexisting telecommunications facilities(81), Utilityinstallation(86), Major electricity infrastructure(43) orSubstation(80) if there is already a facility in the samecoverage area.

E74.2

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1826

6 Zones

Page 97: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

If not co-located with an existing facility, all co-locationopportunities have been investigated and fully exhaustedwithin a 2km radius of the site.

E75PO75

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allowfor additional equipment shelters and associatedstructures for the purpose of co-locating on the proposedfacility.

A new Telecommunications facility(81) is designed andconstructed to ensure co-masting or co-siting with othercarriers both on the tower or pole and at ground level ispossible in the future.

E76PO76

The development results in no net reduction in theminimum quantity and standard of landscaping, privateor communal open space or car parking spaces requiredunder the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

Telecommunications facilities(81) do not conflict with lawfulexisting land uses both on and adjoining the site.

E77.1PO77

Where in an urban area, the development does notprotrude more than 5m above the level of the existingtreeline, prominent ridgeline or building rooftops in thesurrounding townscape.

The Telecommunications facility(81) does not have anadverse impact on the visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;

E77.2d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

In all other areas towers do not exceed 35m in height.

E77.3f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape;

Towers, equipment shelters and associated structuresare of a design, colour and material to:

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.a. reduce recognition in the landscape;b. reduce glare and reflectivity.

E77.4

All structures and buildings are setback behind the mainbuilding line and a minimum of 10m from side and rearboundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractiveindustry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is3m.

Where there is no established building line the facility islocated at the rear of the site.

E77.5

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by othermeans to ensure public access is prohibited.

1827Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 98: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

E77.6

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the perimeter of the fenced area, between thefacility and street frontage and adjoining uses.

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, preparedby a suitably qualified person, to ensure compliance with Planningscheme policy - Integrated design.

E78PO78

An Access and Landscape Plan demonstrates how 24hour vehicular access will be obtained and maintainedto the facility in a manner that is appropriate to the site’scontext.

Lawful access is maintained to the site at all times thatdoes not alter the amenity of the landscape orsurrounding uses.

E79PO79

All equipment comprising the Telecommunicationsfacility(81) which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporating

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility generates no audible sound at the siteboundaries where in a residential setting. sound control measures sufficient to ensure no noise

from this equipment can be heard, or felt at the siteboundary.

Values and constraints criteria

Note - The relevant values and constraints criteria do not apply where the development is consistent with a current Development permit forReconfiguring a lot or Material change of use or Operational work, where that approval has considered and addressed (e.g. through adevelopment footprint plan (or similar in the case of Landslide hazard) or conditions of approval) the identified value or constraint under thisplanning scheme.

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome, an Acid sulfate soils (ASS) investigation report and soil management plan

is prepared by a qualified engineer. Guidance for the preparation an ASS investigation report and soil management plan is provided in

Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils.

E80PO80

Development does not involve:Development avoids disturbing acid sulfate soils. Wheredevelopment disturbs acid sulfate soils, development:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1828

6 Zones

Page 99: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than100m3 of soil or sediment where below than 5mAustralian Height datum AHD; or

a. is managed to avoid or minimise the release ofsurface or groundwater flows containing acid andmetal contaminants into the environment;

b. b.protects the environmental and ecological valuesand health of receiving waters;

filling of land of more than 500m3 of material withan average depth of 0.5m or greater where belowthe 5m Australian Height datum AHD.c. protects buildings and infrastructure from the effects

of acid sulfate soils.

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this criteria primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), matters of stateenvironmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES is defined inSchedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix 1 of thePlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Vegetation clearing, ecological value and connectivity

No example provided.PO81

Development avoids locating in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where it is not practicable orreasonable for development to avoid establishing in theseareas, development must ensure that:

1829Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 100: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. the quality and integrity of the biodiversity andecological values inherent to a High Value Areaand a Value Offset Area is maintained and not lostor degraded;

b. on-site mitigation measures, mechanisms orprocesses are in place demonstrating the qualityand integrity of the biodiversity and ecologicalvalues inherent to a High Value Area and a ValueOffset Area are maintained. For example, this canbe achieved through replacement, restoration orrehabilitation planting as part of any proposedcovenant, the development of a VegetationManagement Plan, a Fauna Management Plan,and any other on-site mitigation options identifiedin the Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas*.

* Editor's note - This is not a requirement for an environmental offsetunder the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

No example provided.PO82

Development provides for safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and establishes andmaintains habitat connectivity by:

a. retaining habitat trees;b. providing contiguous patches of habitat;c. provide replacement and rehabilitation planting to

improve connectivity;d. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;e. providing wildlife movement infrastructure.

Editor's note - Wildlife movement infrastructure may include refugepoles, tree boulevarding, ‘stepping stone’ vegetation plantings,tunnels, appropriate wildlife fencing; culverts with ledges,underpasses, overpasses, land bridges and rope bridges. Furtherinformation is provided in Planning scheme policy – Environmentalareas.

Vegetation clearing and habitat protection

No example provided.PO83

Development ensures that the biodiversity quality andintegrity of habitats is not adversely impacted upon butmaintained and protected.

No example provided.PO84

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1830

6 Zones

Page 101: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development does not result in the net loss ordegradation of habitat value in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where development does result inthe loss or degradation of habitat value, developmentwill:

a. rehabilitate, revegetate, restore and enhance anarea to ensure it continues to function as a viableand healthy habitat area;

b. provide replacement fauna nesting boxes in theevent of habitat tree loss in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas;

c. undertake rehabilitation, revegetation andrestoration in accordance with the South EastQueensland Ecological Restoration Framework.

No example provided.PO85

Development ensures safe, unimpeded, convenient andongoing wildlife movement and habitat connectivity by:

a. providing contiguous patches of habitat;b. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;c. providing wildlife movement infrastructure;d. providing replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity.

Vegetation clearing and soil resource stability

No example provided.PO86

Development does not:

a. result in soil erosion or land degradation;b. leave cleared land exposed for an unreasonable

period of time but is rehabilitated in a timely manner.

Vegetation clearing and water quality

No example provided.PO87

Development maintains or improves the quality ofgroundwater and surface water within, and downstream,of a site by:

a. ensuring an effective vegetated buffers andsetbacks from waterbodies is retained to achievenatural filtration and reduce sediment loads;

b. avoiding or minimising changes to landforms tomaintain hydrological water flows;

c. adopting suitable measures to exclude livestockfrom entering a waterbody where a site is beingused for animal husbandry(4) and animal keeping(5)

activities.

No example provided.PO88

1831Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 102: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development minimises adverse impacts of stormwaterrun-off on water quality by:

a. minimising flow velocity to reduce erosion;b. minimising hard surface areas;c. maximising the use of permeable surfaces;d. incorporating sediment retention devices;e. minimising channelled flow.

Vegetation clearing and access, edge effects and urban heat island effects

No example provided.PO89

Development retains safe and convenient public accessin a manner that does not result in the adverse edgeeffects or the loss or degradation of biodiversity valueswithin the environment.

No example provided.PO90

Development minimises potential adverse ‘edge effects’on ecological values by:

a. providing dense planting buffers of native vegetationbetween a development and environmental areas;

b. retaining patches of native vegetation of greatestpossible size where located between a developmentand environmental areas ;

c. restoring, rehabilitating and increasing the size ofexisting patches of native vegetation;

d. ensuring that buildings and access (public andvehicle) are setback as far as possible fromenvironmental areas and corridors;

e. landscaping with native plants of local origin.

Editor's note - Edge effects are factors of development that go todetrimentally affecting the composition and density of naturalpopulations at the fringe of natural areas. Factors include weedinvasion, pets, public and vehicle access, nutrient loads, noise andlight pollution, increased fire frequency and changes in thegroundwater and surface water flow.

No example provided.PO91

Development avoids adverse microclimate change anddoes not result in increased urban heat island effects.Adverse urban heat island effects are minimised by:

a. pervious surfaces;b. providing deeply planted vegetation buffers and

green linkage opportunities;c. landscaping with local native plant species to

achieve well-shaded urban places;d. increasing the service extent of the urban forest

canopy.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1832

6 Zones

Page 103: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Vegetation clearing and Matters of Local Environmental Significance (MLES) environmental offsets

No example provided.PO92

Where development results in the unavoidable loss ofnative vegetation within a Value Offset Area MLESwaterway buffer or a Value Offset Area MLES wetlandbuffer, an environmental offset is required in accordancewith the environmental offset requirements identified inPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editor's note - For MSES Koala Offsets, the environmental offsetprovisions in schedule 11 of the Regulation, in combination with therequirements of the Environmental Offset Act 2014, apply.

Extractive resources separation area (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (separation area) to determineif the following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcomes, a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitably qualifiedperson. Guidance to preparing noise impact assessment report is provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

E93PO93

One dwelling house(22) permitted per lot within separationarea.

Development does not increase the number of peopleliving in the Extractive Resources separation area.

E94PO94

Development within the separation area does not includethe following activities:

Development:

a. does not introduce or increase uses that aresensitive to the impacts of an Extractive industry(27); a. Caretaker's accommodation(10);

b. b.is compatible with the operation of an Extractiveindustry(27);

Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);

c. does not comprise or undermine the function andintegrity of the separation area in providing a buffer

d. Dwelling unit(23);e. Hospital(36);

between key extractive and processing activities f. Rooming accommodation(69);and sensitive, incompatible uses outside theseparation area.

g. Multiple dwelling(49);h. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);i. Relocatable home park(62);j. Residential care facility(65);k. Resort complex(66);l. Retirement facility(67);m. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);n. Short-term accommodation(77);o. Tourist park(84).

E95PO95

All habitable rooms within the separation area are:Habitable rooms achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

1833Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 104: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

a. acoustically insulated to achieve the noise levelslisted in Schedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives,Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008;

b. provided with mechanical ventilation.

E96PO96

Private open space areas are separated from theresource processing area by buildings or a 1.8m highsolid structure.

Development provides open space areas for passiverecreation in a manner where impacts from keyextractive/processing activities, particularly noise, isminimised.

Extractive resources transport routes (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (transport route and buffer)to determine if the following assessment criteria apply)

E97PO97

The following uses are not located within the 100m widetransport route buffer:

Development:

a. does not increase in the number of people living inclose proximity to a transport route and being a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10), except where

located in the Extractive industry zone;subject to the adverse effects from thetransportation route; b. Community residence(16);

b. does not result in the establishment of uses thatare incompatible with the operation of Extractiveresources transport routes;

c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22);e. Dwelling unit(23);

c. adopts design and location measures tosatisfactorily mitigate the potential adverse impacts

f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);

associated with transportation routes on sensitive h. Multiple dwelling(49);land uses. Such measures include, but are notlimited to: i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);

j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);i. locating the furthest distance possible from

the transportation route; l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);ii. habitable rooms being located the furthest

from the transportation route; n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);iii. o.shielding and screening private outdoor

recreation space from the transportationroutes.

Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E98.1PO98

Development does not create a new vehicle access pointonto an Extractive resources transport route.

Development:

a. does not adversely impact upon the efficient andeffective transportation of extractive material alonga transportation route; E98.2

b. ensures vehicle access and egress alongtransportation routes are designed and located to A vehicle access point is located, designed and

constructed in accordance with Planning scheme policy- Integrated design.

achieve a high degree of safety, having goodvisibility;

c. utilises existing vehicle access points and whereexisting vehicle access points are sub-standard orpoorly formed, they are upgraded to an appropriatestandard.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1834

6 Zones

Page 105: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following assessment criteria apply)

Note - Places, including sites, objects and buildings having local cultural heritage significance, are identified on Overlay map - Heritage andlandscape character and listed in Schedule 1 of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Places also having culturalheritage significance at a State level and being entered in the Queensland Heritage Register, are also identified in Schedule 1 of Planningscheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

E99PO99

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repairand restoration of a site, object or building of culturalheritage value.

Development will:

a. not diminish or cause irreversible damage to thecultural heritage values present on the site, andassociated with a heritage site, object or building; Note - A cultural heritage conservation management plan for the

preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of a site, objectb. protect the fabric and setting of the heritage site,object or building; or building of cultural heritage value is prepared in accordance with

Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Thec. be consistent with the form, scale and style of theheritage site, object or building;

plan is sent to, and approved by Council prior to the commencementof any preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works.

d. utilise similar materials to those existing, or wherethis is not reasonable or practicable, neutralmaterials and finishes;

e. incorporate complementary elements, detailing andornamentation to those present on the heritage site,object or building;

f. retain public access where this is currently provided.

No example provided.PO100

Demolition and removal is only considered where:

a. a report prepared by a suitably qualifiedconservation architect or conservation engineerdemonstrates that the building is structurallyunsound and is not reasonably capable of economicrepair; or

b. demolition is confined to the removal ofoutbuildings, extensions and alterations that arenot part of the original structure; or

c. limited demolition is performed in the course ofrepairs, maintenance or restoration; or

d. demolition is performed following a catastrophicevent which substantially destroys the building orobject.

No example provided.PO101

Where development is occurring on land adjoining a siteof cultural heritage value, the development is to besympathetic to and consistent with the cultural heritagevalues present on the site and not result in their valuesbeing eroded, degraded or unreasonably obscured frompublic view.

E102PO102

1835Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 106: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development does:Development does not adversely impact upon the healthand vitality of significant trees. Where developmentoccurs in proximity to a significant tree, construction a. not result in the removal of a significant tree;

b. not occur within 20m of a protected tree;measures and techniques as detailed in AS 4970-2009Protection of trees on development sites are adopted toensure a significant tree's health, wellbeing and vitality.

c. involve pruning of a tree in accordance withAustralian Standard AS 4373-2007 – Pruning ofAmenity Trees.

Significant trees are only removed where they are in apoor state of health or where they pose a health andsafety risk to persons or property. A Tree Assessmentreport prepared by a suitably qualified arborist confirminga tree's state of health is required to demonstrateachievement of this performance outcome.

Infrastructure buffers (refer Overlay map - Infrastructure buffers to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

E103PO103

The following uses are not located within a wastewatertreatment site buffer:

Odour sensitive development is separated fromWastewater treatment plants so they are not adverselyaffected by odour emission or other air pollutant impacts.

a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22)

e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E104PO104

Habitable rooms:Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are located a sufficient distance fromsubstations(80) to avoid any potential adverse impactson personal health and wellbeing from electromagneticfields.

a. are not located within an Electricity supplysubstation buffer; and

b. proposed on a site subject to an Electricity supplysupply substation(80)are acoustically insulted to

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

achieve the noise levels listed in Schedule 1,Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1836

6 Zones

Page 107: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

No example provided.PO105

Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are acoustically insulated from the noise of asubstation(80) to achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome,a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitably qualifiedperson. Guidance to preparing an noise impact assessment reportis provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

E106PO106

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a High voltage electricityline buffer.

Development within a High voltage electricity line bufferprovides adequate buffers to high voltage electricity linesto protect amenity and health by ensuring development:

a. is located and designed to avoid any potentialadverse impacts on personal health and wellbeingfrom electromagnetic fields in accordance with theprinciple of prudent avoidance;

b. is located and designed in a manner that maintainsa high level of security of supply;

c. is located and design so not to impede upon thefunctioning and maintenance of high voltageelectrical infrastructure.

E107PO107

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a Pumping station buffer.

Development within a Pumping station buffer is located,designed and constructed to:

a. ensure that odour or other air pollutant impacts onthe amenity of the development met the air qualityof objectives in the Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008;

b. ensure that noise impacts on the amenity of thedevelopment met the indoor noise objectives setout in the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy2008.

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - The applicable river and creek flood planning levels associated with defined flood event (DFE) within the inundation area can beobtained by requesting a flood check property report from Council.

No example provided.PO108

1837Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 108: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development:

a. minimises the risk to persons from overland flow;b. does not increase the potential for damage from

overland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public land, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

No example provided.PO109

Development:

a. maintains the conveyance of overland flowpredominantly unimpeded through the premises forany event up to and including the 1% AEP for thefully developed upstream catchment;

b. does not concentrate, intensify or divert overlandflow onto an upstream, downstream or surroundingproperty.

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow.

No example provided.PO110

Development does not:

a. directly, indirectly or cumulatively cause anyincrease in overland flow velocity or level;

b. increase the potential for flood damage fromoverland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public lands, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

Note - Open concrete drains greater than 1m in width are not anacceptable outcome, nor are any other design options that mayincrease scouring.

E111PO111

Development ensures that a hazardous chemical is notlocated or stored in an Overland flow path area.

Development ensures that public safety and the risk tothe environment are not adversely affected by adetrimental impact of overland flow on a hazardouschemical located or stored on the premises. Note - Refer to theWork Health and Safety Act 2011 and associated

Regulation and Guidelines, the Environmental Protection Act 1994and the relevant building assessment provisions under the BuildingAct 1975 for requirements related to the manufacture and storageof hazardous substances.

E112PO112

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1838

6 Zones

Page 109: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

Development which is not in a Rural zone that anoverland flow paths and drainage infrastructure isprovided to convey overland flow from a road or publicopen space area away from a private lot.

Development which is not in a Rural zone ensures thatoverland flow is not conveyed from a road or public openspace onto a private lot.

E113.1PO113

Development ensures that roof and allotment drainageinfrastructure is provided in accordance with the followingrelevant level as identified in QUDM:

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure, overland flow paths and open drainsthrough private property cater for overland flows for afully developed upstream catchment and are able to beeasily maintained. a. Urban area – Level III;

b. Rural area – N/A;Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the development

c. Industrial area – Level V;d. Commercial area – Level V.

does not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises. E113.2

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure is designed to accommodate any event upto and including the 1% AEP for the fully developedupstream catchment.

No example provided.PO114

Development protects the conveyance of overland flowsuch that an easement for drainage purposes is providedover:

a. a stormwater pipe if the nominal pipe diameterexceeds 300mm;

b. an overland flow path where it crosses more thanone premises;

c. inter-allotment drainage infrastructure.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for detailsand examples.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Additional criteria for development for a Park(57)

E115PO115

Development for a Park(57) ensures works are providedin accordance with the requirements set out in AppendixB of the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Development for a Park(57) ensures that the design andlayout responds to the nature of the overland flowaffecting the premises such that:

a. public benefit and enjoyment is maximised;

1839Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 110: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

b. impacts on the asset life and integrity of parkstructures is minimised;

c. maintenance and replacement costs are minimised.

Riparian and wetland setbacks

E116PO116

Development does not occur within:Development provides and maintains a suitable setbackfrom waterways and wetlands that protects natural andenvironmental values. This is achieved by recognisingand responding to the following matters:

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway anddrainage line

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway anddrainage line

a. impact on fauna habitats;

b. impact on wildlife corridors and connectivity;c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway and

drainage linec. impact on stream integrity;

d.d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50mfrom all other wetlands.

impact of opportunities for revegetation andrehabilitation planting;

e. edge effects.Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlandsare mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparianand wetland setbacks.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1840

6 Zones

Page 111: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Figure - Burpengary east Light Industry Precinct

1841Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 112: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.3 General industry precinct

6.2.7.3.1 Purpose - General industry precinct

1. The purpose of the code will be achieved through the following overall outcomes for the General industry precinct:

a. A range of industrial uses and supporting activities are established which are of a scale or intensity wherethe possibility of adverse impacts on sensitive receptors requires a location sufficiently buffered fromincompatible activities.

b. The operation and viability of existing and future industrial activities is protected from the intrusion ofincompatible uses.

c. Development is located, designed and managed to:

i. maintain the health and safety of people;

ii. avoid significant adverse effects on the natural environment;

iii. minimise the possibility of adverse impacts on surrounding non-industrial uses.

d. Development has access to infrastructure and essential services and convenient access to major transportroutes.

e. Development is designed to incorporate sustainable practices where possible, including water sensitivedesign and energy efficient building design.

f. The scale, character and built form of development and the resulting streetscape contribute to a highstandard of visual and physical amenity and incorporates crime prevention through environmental design(CPTED) principles.

g. Non-industrial uses occurring in the precinct:

i. Do not compromise or constrain the operation or viability of existing or future industrial activities;

ii. Are subordinate in function and scale to all centres with in the region;

iii. Do not undermine the viability of existing or future centres or neighbourhood hubs;

iv. Are consolidated to minimize adverse impacts on the efficient functioning of industrial activities;

v. Provide a convenience service or support roll to industries and employees within the precinct only.

Note - An Economic Impact Assessment may be required to demonstrate compliance with part of the outcome/s above. Refer toPlanning scheme policy - Economic impact assessment for information required.

h. Low impact industry(42), Service industry(73) and Warehouse(88) activities:

i. provide a supporting function to industries in the precinct, or are of a scale and intensity where theoff-site impacts of the activity are similar to that of Medium impact industry(47);

ii. are not detrimentally affected by the operations of existing or future industrial activities in the precinct;

iii. do not compromise the operations of existing or future industrial activities in the precinct.

i. High impact industry(34) activities only establish in the precinct where:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1842

6 Zones

Page 113: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

i. there is a minimum separation distance of 500m from an existing or approved sensitive land use orsensitive zone;

ii. it can be demonstrated that the use will operate without adverse impacts on the surrounding area.

j. Special industry(79) does not establish within the precinct.

k. Stand alone Offices do not establish within the precinct;

l. Sensitive land uses, including all forms of residential development, do not occur within the precinct.

m. General works associated with the development achieves the following:

i. new development is provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current andfuture needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications andreticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

ii. the development manages stormwater to:

A. ensure the discharge of stormwater does not adversely affect the quality, environmental valuesor ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the externalroad network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or

adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

n. Activities associated with the use do not cause a nuisance by way of aerosols, fumes, light, noise, dust,electromagnetic interference, odour, particles or smoke.

o. Noise generating uses are designed, sited and constructed to minimise the transmission of noise toappropriate levels and do not cause environmental harm or nuisance.

p. Noise sensitive uses are designed, sited and constructed so as not to be subject to unacceptable levelsof noise.

q. Development avoids areas subject to constraint, limitation, or environmental value. Where developmentcannot avoid these identified areas, it responds by:

i. adopting a 'least risk, least impact' approach when designing, siting and locating development in anyarea subject to a constraint, limitation or environmental value to minimise the potential risk to people,property and the environment;

ii. ensuring no further instability, erosion or degradation of the land, water or soil resource;iii. when located within a Water buffer area, complying with the Water Quality Vision and Objectives

contained in the Seqwater Development Guidelines: Development Guidelines for Water QualityManagement in Drinking Water Catchments 2012.

iv. maintaining, restoring and rehabilitating environmental values, including natural, ecological, biological,aquatic, hydrological and amenity values, and enhancing these values through the provision of plantingand landscaping, and facilitating safe wildlife movement and connectivity through:

A. the provision of replacement, restoration, rehabilitation planting and landscaping;B. the location, design and management of development to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on

ecological systems and processes;C. the requiring of environmental offsets in accordance with the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

v. protecting native species and protecting and enhancing species habitat;

1843Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 114: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

vi. protecting and preserving the natural, aesthetic, architectural historic and cultural values of significanttrees, places, objects and buildings of heritage and cultural significance;

vii. establishing effective separation distances, buffers and mitigation measures associated with identifiedinfrastructure to minimise adverse effects on sensitive land uses from odour, noise, dust and othernuisance generating activities;

viii. establishing, maintaining and protecting appropriate buffers to waterways, wetlands, native vegetationand significant fauna habitat;

ix. ensuring it promotes and does not undermine the ongoing viability, integrity, operation, maintenanceand safety of identified infrastructure;

x. ensuring effective and efficient disaster management response and recovery capabilities;xi. where located in an overland flow path:

A. development siting, built form, layout and access responds to the risk presented by the overlandflow and minimises risk to personal safety;

B. development is resilient to the impacts of overland flow by ensuring the siting and design accountsfor the potential risks to property associated with the overland flow;

C. development does not impact on the conveyance of the overland flow for any event up to andincluding the 1% AEP for the fully developed upstream catchment;

D. development directly, indirectly and cumulatively avoid an increase in the severity of overlandflow and potential for damage on the premises or other premises, public lands, watercourses,roads or infrastructure.

r. Development in the General industry precinct includes one or more of the following:

Research and technologyindustry(64)

Emergency services(25)Agricultural supplies store(2)

Animal husbandry(4) Food and drink outlet(28)

(where does not exceed100m2GFA)

Sales office(72)Bulk landscape supplies(9)

Warehouse(88)Caretaker'saccommodation(10)

Medium impact industry(47)

s. Development in the General industry precinct does not include any of the following:

Permanent plantation(59)Garden centre(31)Air services(3)

Animal keeping(5) Place of worship(60)Hardware and tradesupplies(32)

Bar(7) Relocatable home park(62)

Hospital(36)Brothel(8) Residential care facility(65)

Hotel(37)Cemetery(12) Resort complex(66)

Indoor sport andrecreation(38)Community care centre(15) Retirement facility(67)

Community residence(16) Roadside stall(68)Intensive animal industry(39)

Community use(17) Rooming accommodation(69)Intensive horticulture(40)

Cropping(19) Rural industry(70)Landing(41)

Detention facility(20) Rural workers'accommodation(71)

Major sport, recreation andentertainment facility(44)

Dual occupancy(21)

Short-termaccommodation(77)

Market(46)Dwelling house(22)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1844

6 Zones

Page 115: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Multiple dwelling(49)Dwelling unit(23) Showroom(78)

Special industry(79)Nature-based tourism(50)Educationalestablishment(24)

Theatre(82)Nightclub entertainmentfacility(51)Environment facility(26)

Tourist park(84)

Non-resident workforceaccommodation(51)

Extractive industry(27)Veterinary services(87)

Food and drink outlet(28)

(where exceeding 100m2

GFA)Wholesale nursery(89)Outdoor sport and

recreation(55)Winery(90)

Parking station(58)Function facility(29)

Funeral parlour(30)

t. Development not listed above may be considered on its merits and where it reflects and supports theoutcomes of the precinct.

6.2.7.3.2 Criteria for assessable development

Where development is categorised as assessable development - code assessment in the Table of Assessment, andlocated in a precinct, the assessment benchmarks are the criteria set out in Part D, Table 6.2.7.3.1 as well as thepurpose statement and overall outcomes of this code.

Where development is categorised as assessable development - impact assessment, the assessment benchmarksbecome the whole of the planning scheme.

Part D—Criteria for assessable development - General industry precinct

Table 6.2.7.3.1 Assessable development - General industry precinct

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

General criteria

Site cover

No example provided.PO1

Site cover is limited to a proportion of a site thatensures:

a. A sufficient number and type of vehicle parkingspaces are provided on the site to meet theparking demands and expectations of theproposed use;

b. Any type of vehicle expected to visit the site on aregular basis is able to access and leave the sitein a forward direction with clear manoeuvring onthe site;

1845Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 116: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. setbacks to boundaries maximise the efficient useof the site while ensuring positive interfaces withpublic space or sensitive land uses;

d. Areas of landscaping are provided to soften thebuilt form and hard stand impacts of developmentwhilst providing areas of natural space on a site.

Building height

E2PO2

Building height does not exceed the maximum heightidentified on Overlay map - Building heights.

The height of buildings is in keeping with thepredominant industrial character of the precinct anddoes not cause adverse amenity impacts onsurrounding sensitive land uses and zones.

Setbacks

E3PO3

Buildings maintain a minimum setback of :Street boundary setbacks:

a. 6m to the street frontage (other than the BruceHighway);

a. minimise building bulk and visual dominance fromthe street;

b. b.provide areas for landscaping at the front of thesite;

3m to the secondary street frontage;

c. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.c. allow for customer parking to be located at the

front of the building;

d. Provide opportunities for dense landscaping toscreen at maturity any visibility of developmentof a site from the Bruce Highway.

E4PO4

Where a development adjoins general residential zonedland, the building is setback a minimum of 3m from theproperty boundary with dense landscaping installed alongthe boundary to provide screening of the development witha mature height of at least 3m.

Side and rear boundary setbacks maintain views,privacy, access to natural light and the visual amenityof adjoining sensitive land uses.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetermining acceptable levels of landscaping for screening purposes.

Building appearance and design

No example provided.PO5

Where fronting an district collector, sub-arterial orarterial road, or visible from a Park(57), or a Centrezoned lot, buildings provide a high level of architecturaldesign which adds visual interest to the streetscapeand reduces the perceived bulk of the building, byincorporating:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1846

6 Zones

Page 117: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. a range of building materials, colours andfeatures;

b. facade articulation along street frontages;

c. design features to promote customer entry points;

d. materials that are not highly reflective.

Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy

Note - The following examples illustrate an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Staff recreation

E6PO6

Where the nature of the activities on-site do not allow staffto eat in their work environment, the development providesan on-site recreation area for staff that:

Staff are provided with adequate and amenablebreak/dining facilities to suit the nature of the activitieson-site.

a. Includes adequate seating, tables and rubbish binsfor the number of staff on-site;

b. is adequately protected from the weather;

c. is safely accessible to all staff;

d. is separate and private from public areas;

e. is located away from a noisy or odorous activity.

Landscaping

E7PO7

1847Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 118: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Landscaping is provided and maintained in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Landscaping is provided on the site to:

a. visually soften the built form, areas of hardstand,storage areas and mechanical plant associatedwith the on-site processes;

b. complement the existing or desired streetscape;

c. minimise the impact of industrial development onadjoining lots not zoned for industrial purposes.

Fencing

E8PO8

Where fencing is provided on the street frontage, fencesections between columns or posts have a minimumtransparency of 70% spread evenly across its total surfacearea.

The provision of fencing on street frontages does notdominate the streetscape or create safety issues.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Public access

E9.1PO9

Pedestrian linkages are provided from the street andcustomer car parking areas directly to the main entranceof the building.

The use has a safe, clearly identifiable public accessseparated from service and parking areas.

Note - The following diagram illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

E9.2

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1848

6 Zones

Page 119: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The public access is separated from industrial serviceareas.

Car parking

E10PO10

Car parking is provided in accordance with Schedule 7 -Car parking.

Car parking is provided on-site to meet the anticipateddemands of employees and visitors and avoid adverseimpacts on the external road network.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment for guidance on how to achieve compliance with thisoutcome.

E11PO11

All car parking areas are designed and constructed inaccordance with Australian Standard AS2890.1.

The design of car parking areas:

a. does not impact on the safety of the external roadnetwork;

b. ensures the safety of pedestrians at all times;

c. ensures the safe movement of vehicles within thesite.

Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities

Note - Building work to which this code applies constitutes Major Development for purposes of development requirements for end of tripfacilities prescribed in the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1.

E12.1PO12

Minimum bicycle parking facilities are provided at a rateof 1 bicycle parking space for every 3 vehicles parkingspaces required by Schedule 7 – Car parking.

a. End of trip facilities are provided for employeesor occupants, in the building or on-site within areasonable walking distance, and include:

1849Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 120: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planning instrumentto prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels identified in

i. adequate bicycle parking and storagefacilities; and

those acceptable solutions. This example is a combination of thedefault levels set for end of trip facilities in the QueenslandDevelopment Code and the additional facilities required by Council.

ii. adequate provision for securing belongings;and

iii. change rooms that include adequateshowers, sanitary compartments, washbasins and mirrors. E12.2

Bicycle parking is:

b. Notwithstanding a. there is no requirement toprovide end of trip facilities if it would beunreasonable to provide these facilities havingregard to:

a. provided in accordance with Austroads (2008), Guideto Traffic Management - Part 11: Parking;

b. protected from the weather by its location or adedicated roof structure;i. the projected population growth and forward

planning for road upgrading anddevelopment of cycle paths; or

c. located within the building or in a dedicated, securestructure for residents and staff;

ii. whether it would be practical to commute toand from the building on a bicycle, havingregard to the likely commute distances andnature of the terrain; or

d. adjacent to building entrances or in public areas forcustomers and visitors.

Note - Bicycle parking structures are to be constructed to the standardsprescribed in AS2890.3.iii. the condition of the road and the nature and

amount of traffic potentially affecting thesafety of commuters.

Note - Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities provided for residentialand non-residential activities may be pooled, provided they are within100 metres of the entrance to the building.

Editor's note - The intent of b above is to ensure the requirementsfor bicycle parking and end of trip facilities are not applied inunreasonable circumstances. For example these requirementsshould not, and do not apply in the Rural zone or the Ruralresidential zone etc.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planning instrumentto prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels identified inthose acceptable solutions. This example is an amalgamation of thedefault levels set for end of trip facilities in the QueenslandDevelopment Code and the additional facilities required by Council.

Editor's note - This performance outcome is the same as thePerformance Requirement prescribed for end of trip facilities underthe Queensland Development Code. For development

E12.3incorporating building work, that Queensland Development Codeperformance requirement cannot be altered by a local planninginstrument and has been reproduced here solely for information For non-residential uses, storage lockers:purposes. Council’s assessment in its building work concurrenceagency role for end of trip facilities will be against the performance a. are provide at a rate of 1.6 per bicycle parking space

(rounded up to the nearest whole number);requirement in the Queensland Development Code. As it is subjectto change at any time, applicants for development incorporatingbuilding work should ensure that proposals that do not complywith the examples under this heading meet the current b. have minimum dimensions of 900mm (height) x

300mm (width) x 450mm (depth).performance requirement prescribed in the QueenslandDevelopment Code.

Note - Storage lockers may be pooled across multiple sites andactivities when within 100 metres of the entrance to the building andwithin 50 metres of bicycle parking and storage facilities.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planning instrumentto prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels identified inthose acceptable solutions. This example is an amalgamation of thedefault levels set for end of trip facilities in the QueenslandDevelopment Code and the additional facilities required by Council.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1850

6 Zones

Page 121: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E12.4

For non-residential uses, changing rooms:

a. are provided at a rate of 1 per 10 bicycle parkingspaces;

b. are fitted with a lockable door or otherwise screenedfrom public view;

c. are provided with shower(s), sanitary compartment(s)and wash basin(s) in accordance with the table below:

Washbasinsrequired

Sanitarycompartmentsrequired

Showersrequired

Changeroomsrequired

Male/Female

Bicyclespacesprovided

11 closet pan11 unisexchangeroom

Maleandfemale

1-5

11 closet pan11Female6-19

11 closet pan11Male20 ormore

1, plus 1 forevery 60

2 closet pans, plus1 sanitary

2, plus 1 forevery 20

1Female

bicyclecompartment forbicycleparkingevery 60 bicyclespacesspacesparking spaces

provided thereafterprovidedthereafter provided

thereafter

1, plus 1 forevery 60

1 urinal and 1closet pans, plus 1

2, plus 1 forevery 20

1Male

bicyclesanitarybicycleparkingcompartment at thespacesspacesrate of 1 closet panprovided

thereafter providedthereafter

or 1 urinal for every60 bicycle spaceprovided thereafter

Note - All showers have a minimum 3-star Water Efficiency Labellingand Standards (WELS) rating shower head.

Note - All sanitary compartments are constructed in compliance withF2.3 (e) and F2.5 of BCA (Volume 1).

d. are provided with:

i. a mirror located above each wash basin;ii. a hook and bench seating within each shower

compartment;iii. a socket-outlet located adjacent to each wash

basin.

Note - Change rooms may be pooled across multiple sites, residentialand non-residential activities when within 100 metres of the entranceto the building and within 50 metres of bicycle parking and storagefacilities

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planning instrumentto prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels identified inthose acceptable solutions. This example is an amalgamation of thedefault levels set for end of trip facilities in the QueenslandDevelopment Code and the additional facilities required by Council.

Loading and servicing

1851Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 122: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO13

Service areas, including loading/unloading facilities,plant areas and outdoor storage areas, are screenedfrom the direct view from land not included in theIndustry zone and sub-arterial and arterial roads.

Note - If landscaping is proposed for screening purposes, refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design for determiningacceptable levels.

Waste

No example provided.PO14

Bins and bin storage area/s are provided, designedand managed in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Waste.

Environmental impacts

E15PO15

Development achieves the standard listed in Schedule 1Air Quality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Air) Policy2008.

Where a use is not an environmentally relevant activityunder the Environmental Protection Act, the release ofany containment that may cause environmental harmis mitigated to an acceptable level.

Lighting

E16PO16

Artificial lighting on-site is directed and shielded in such amanner as not to exceed the recommended maximumvalues of light technical parameters for the control of

Lighting is directed and shielded to not causeunreasonable disturbance to any person on adjoiningland.

obtrusive light given in Table 2.1 of Australian StandardAS 4282 (1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of OutdoorLighting.

Note - “Curfewed hours” are taken to be those hours between 10pmand 7am on the following day

Noise

No example provided.PO17

Noise generating uses do not adversely affect existingor potential noise sensitive uses.

Note - The use of walls, barriers or fences that are visible from oradjoin a road or public area are not appropriate noise attenuationmeasures unless adjoining a motorway, arterial road or rail line.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this outcome. Noise impact assessments are tobe prepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1852

6 Zones

Page 123: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E18.1PO18

Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined inthe Planning Scheme Policy – Noise.

Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriateacoustic environment within designated external privateoutdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

E18.2a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces,through maintaining high levels of surveillance of

Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers or fences):parks, streets and roads that serve activetransport purposes (e.g. existing or futurepedestrian paths or cycle lanes etc); a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public area

unless:b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; or

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

ii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does notserve an existing or future active transportpurpose (e.g. pedestrian paths or cycle lanes)or where attenuation through building locationand materials is not possible.Note - Refer to Planning Scheme Policy – Integrated design for

details and examples of noise attenuation structures.

b. do not remove existing or prevent future activetransport routes or connections to the street network;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped inaccordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy – Integrated design for detailsand examples of noise attenuation structures.

Note - Refer to Overlay map – Active transport for future activetransport routes.

Hazardous Chemicals

Note - To assist in demonstrating compliance with the following performance outcomes, a Hazard Assessment Report may be required tobe prepared and submitted by a suitably qualified person in accordance with 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on developmentinvolving hazardous chemicals'.

Terms used in this section are defined in State 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on development involving hazardous chemicals'.

E19.1PO19

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of land zoned for vulnerable or sensitive landuses as described below:

Off sites risks from foreseeable hazard scenariosinvolving hazardous chemicals are commensurate withthe sensitivity of the surrounding land use

zones.Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5% atnormal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

1853Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 124: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.1 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then the riskof any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceed anindividual fatality risk level of 0.5 x 10-6/year.

E19.2

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of a commercial or community activity land usezone as described below:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5% atnormal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.2 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then the riskof any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceed anindividual fatality risk level of 5 x 10-6/year.

E19.3

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of an industrial land use zone as describedbelow:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5% atnormal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1854

6 Zones

Page 125: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

i. 14kPa overpressure;

ii. 12.6kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.3 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then the riskof any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceed anindividual fatality risk level of 50 x 10-6/year.

E20PO20

Buildings and package stores containing fire-risk hazardouschemicals are provided with 24 hour monitored firedetection system for early detection of a fire event.

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are designed to detect the earlystages of a fire situation and notify a designated person.

E21PO21

Storage areas containing packages of flammable and toxichazardous chemicals are designed with spill containmentsystem(s) capable of containing a minimum of the total

Common storage areas containing packages offlammable and toxic hazardous chemicals are designedwith spill containment system(s) that are adequate tocontain releases, including fire fighting media. aggregate capacity of all packages plus the maximum

operating capacity of any fire protection system for thestorage area(s) over a minimum of 60 minutes.

E22.1PO22

The base of any tank with a WC >2,500L or kg is higherthan any relevant flood height level identified in an area’sflood hazard area. Alternatively:

Storage and handling areas, including manufacturingareas, containing hazardous chemicals in quantitiesgreater than 2,500L or kg within a Local Government“flood hazard area” are located and designed in amanner to minimise the likelihood of inundation of floodwaters from creeks, rivers, lakes or estuaries.

a. bulk tanks are anchored so they cannot float ifsubmerged or inundated by water; and

b. tank openings not provided with a liquid tight seal,i.e. an atmospheric vent, are extended above therelevant flood height level.

E22.2

The lowest point of any storage area for packages >2,500Lor kg is higher than any relevant flood height level identifiedin an area’s flood hazard area. Alternatively, packagestores are provided with impervious bund walls or rackingsystems higher than the relevant flood height level.

Emissions into Brisbane operational airspace

E23.1PO23

Development does not emit a gaseous plume into theairport’s operational airspace at a velocity exceeding 4.3mper second.

Emissions do not significantly increase air turbulence,reduce visibility or compromise the operation of aircraftengines in Brisbane airport’s operational airspace.

Note - Refer to State Planning Policy December 2013 mappingto identify Brisbane airport’s operational airspace. E23.2

1855Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 126: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development emitting smoke, dust, ash, steam or agaseous plume exceeding 4.3m per second is designedand constructed to mitigate adverse impacts of emissionsupon operational airspace.

Clearing of habitat trees where not located within the Environmental areas overlay map

No example provided.PO24

a. Development ensures that the biodiversity qualityand integrity of habitats is not adversely impactedupon but maintained and protected.

b. Development does not result in the net loss offauna habitat. Where development does resultin the loss of a habitat tree, development willprovide replacement fauna nesting boxes at thefollowing rate of 1 nest box for every hollowremoved. Where hollows have not yet formed intrees > 80cm in diameter at 1.3m height, 3 nestboxes are required for every habitat tree removed.

c. Development does not result in soil erosion orland degradation or leave land exposed for anunreasonable period of time but is rehabilitatedin a timely manner

Note: Further guidance on habitat trees is provided in Planningscheme policy - Environmental areas

Works criteria

Utilities

E25PO25

Development is connected to underground electricity.The development is connected to an existing reticulatedelectricity supply system approved by the relevantenergy regulating authority.

No example provided.PO26

The development has access to telecommunicationsand broadband services in accordance with currentstandards.

E27.1PO27

Where in a sewered area, the development is connectedto a reticulated sewerage network.

The development provides for the treatment anddisposal of sewage and other waste water in a way thatwill not cause environmental harm or pose a risk topublic health.

E27.2

Trade waste is pre-treated on-site prior to discharging intothe sewerage network.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1856

6 Zones

Page 127: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E28PO28

Where in an existing connections area or a futureconnections area as detailed in the Unitywater ConnectionsPolicy, the development is connected to the reticulated

The development is provided with an adequate andsustainable supply of potable (drinking and general usee.g. gardening, washing, fire fighting) water.

water supply system in accordance with the South EastQueensland Water Supply and Sewerage Design andConstruction Code and the relevant Water ServiceAssociation of Australia (WSAA) codes and standards.

No example provided.PO29

The development is provided with constructed anddedicated road access.

Access

No example provided.PO30

Where required, access easements contain a drivewayand provision for services appropriate to the use. Theeasement covers all works associated with the accessin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

E31.1PO31

The development provides for the extension of the roadnetwork in the area in accordance with Council’s roadnetwork planning.

The layout of the development does not compromise:

a. the development of the road network in the area;b. the function or safety of the road network;c. the capacity of the road network.

E31.2Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy. The development does not compromise future road

widening of frontage roads in accordance with the relevantstandard and Council’s road planning.

E31.3

The lot layout allows forward access to and from the site.

E32.1PO32

Site access and driveways are designed and located inaccordance with:

Safe access is provided for all vehicles required toaccess the site.

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1section 3; or

b. Where for a State-Controlled road, the SafeIntersection Sight Distance requirements inAustRoads and the appropriate IPWEAQ standarddrawings, or a copy of a Transport Infrastructure Act1994, section 62 approval.

E32.2

1857Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 128: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Internal driveways and access ways are designed andconstructed in accordance with AS/NZS2890.1 ParkingFacilities – Off street car parking and the relevant standardsin Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - This includes queue lengths (refer to Schedule 8 Service vehiclerequirements), pavement widths and construction.

E32.3

Access driveways, manoeuvring areas and loading facilitiesprovide for service vehicles listed in Schedule 8 Servicevehicle requirements for the relevant use. The on-sitemanoeuvring is to be in accordance with Schedule 8Service vehicle requirements.

No example provided.PO33

Upgrade works (whether trunk or non-trunk) areprovided where necessary to:

a. ensure the type or volume of traffic generated bythe development does not have a negative impacton the external road network;

b. ensure the orderly and efficient continuation ofthe active transport network;

c. ensure the site frontage is constructed to asuitable urban standard generally in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - An Integrated Transport Assessment (ITA) may be requiredto demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome referto Planning scheme policy - Integrated transport assessment forguidance on when an ITA is required. An ITA should be preparedin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment.

Note - The road network is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy.

Note - The primary and secondary active transport network ismapped on Overlay map - Active transport.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with c. of this performanceoutcome, site frontage works where in existing road reserve(non-trunk) are to be designed and constructed as follows:

i. Where the street is partially established to an urbanstandard, match the alignment of existing kerb and channeland provide carriageway widening and undergrounddrainage where required; or

ii. Where the street is not established to an urban standard,prepare a design that demonstrates how the relevantfeatures of the particular road as shown in the Planningscheme policy - Integrated Design can be achieved in theexisting reserve.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design forroad network and active transport network design standards.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1858

6 Zones

Page 129: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Stormwater

No example provided.PO34

Stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a pointof lawful discharge without causing nuisance orannoyance to any person, property or premises.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Stormwater management may berequired to demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Note - A watercourse as defined in theWater Act may be acceptedas a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage dischargefrom the site does not increase the downstream flood levels duringevents up to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of +20mmmay be accepted on Council controlled land and roadinfrastructure. No worsening is ensured when stormwater isdischarged into a catchment that includes State TransportInfrastructure.

No example provided.PO35

Stormwater generated from the development does notcompromise the capacity of existing stormwaterinfrastructure downstream of the site.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Stormwater management may berequired to demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

No example provided.PO36

Stormwater quality management systems are designedand constructed to minimise the environmental impactof stormwater discharge on surface and undergroundreceiving water quality and meet the design objectivesin Tables A and B in Appendix 2 of the SPP.

Note - A stormwater management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified professional will be required in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management.

No example provided.PO37

Easements for drainage purposes are provided over:

a. stormwater pipes located in freehold land if thepipe diameter exceeds 300mm;

b. overland flow paths where they cross more thanone property boundary.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

1859Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 130: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are providedin accordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Site works and construction management

No example provided.PO38

The site and any existing structures are maintained ina tidy and safe condition.

E39.1PO39

Works incorporate temporary stormwater runoff, erosionand sediment controls and trash traps designed inaccordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning

All works on-site are managed to:

a. minimise as far as practicable, impacts onadjoining or adjacent premises and the Guidelines, Planning scheme policy - Stormwater

management and Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign, including but not limited to the following:

streetscape in regard to erosion andsedimentation, dust, noise, safety and light;

b. minimise as far as possible, impacts on thenatural environment; a. stormwater is not discharged to adjacent properties

in a manner that differs significantly from pre-existingconditions;

c. ensure stormwater discharge is managed in amanner that does not cause nuisance orannoyance to any person or premises; b. stormwater discharged to adjoining and downstream

properties does not cause scour and erosion;d. avoid adverse impacts on street trees and theircritical root zone. c. stormwater discharge rates do not exceed

pre-existing conditions;d. the 10% AEP storm event is the minimum design

storm for all temporary diversion drains; ande. the 50% AEP storm event is the minimum design

storm for all silt barriers and sedimentation basins.

E39.2

Stormwater runoff, erosion and sediment controls areconstructed prior to commencement of any clearing orearthworks and are maintained and adjusted as necessaryat all times to ensure their ongoing effectiveness.

Note - The measures are adjusted on-site to maximise theireffectiveness.

E39.3

The completed earthworks area is stabilised using turf,established grass seeding, mulch or sprayed stabilisationtechniques to control erosion and sediment and dust fromleaving the property.

E39.4

Where works are proposed in proximity to an existing streettree, an inspection and a root management plan isundertaken by a qualified arborist which demonstrates andensures that no permanent damage is caused to the tree.

E40PO40

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1860

6 Zones

Page 131: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No dust emissions extend beyond the boundaries of thesite during soil disturbances and construction works.

Dust suppression measures are implemented duringsoil disturbances and construction works to protectnearby premises from unreasonable dust impacts.

E41.1PO41

Construction traffic including contractor car parking iscontrolled in accordance with a traffic management plan,prepared in accordance with the Manual of Uniform TrafficControl Devices (MUTCD) to ensure all traffic movementsto and from the site are safe.

All works on-site and the transportation of material toand from the site are managed to not negatively impactthe existing road network, the amenity of thesurrounding area or the streetscape.

Note - Where the amount of imported or exported material isgreater than 50m3, a haulage route must be identified andapproved by Council. E41.2

All contractor car parking is either provided on thedevelopment site, or on an alternative site in the generallocality which has been set aside for car parking.Contractors vehicles are generally not to be parked inexisting roads.

Note - A Traffic Management Plan may be required for the site inaccordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

E41.3

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s)as a result of construction processes associated with thesite are to be cleaned at all times.

E42PO42

At completion of construction all disturbed areas of the siteare to be:

All disturbed areas are rehabilitated at the completionof construction.

a. topsoiled with a minimum compacted thickness offifty (50) millimetres;

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

b. grassed.

Note - These areas are to be maintained during any maintenanceperiod to maximise grass coverage from grass seeding of these areas.

E43.1PO43

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarilyfenced or protected prior to and during development works.

The clearing of vegetation on-site:

a. is limited to the area of infrastructure works,building areas and other necessary areas for theworks; and

Note - No parking of vehicles of storage of machinery or goods is tooccur in these areas during development works.

b. includes the removal of declared weeds and othermaterials which are detrimental to the intendeduse of the land; E43.2

c. is disposed of in a manner which minimisesnuisance and annoyance to existing premises. Disposal of materials is managed in one or more of the

following ways:Note - No burning of cleared vegetation is permitted.

1861Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 132: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. all cleared vegetation, declared weeds, stumps,rubbish, car bodies, scrap metal and the like areremoved and disposed of in a Council land fill facility;or

b. all native vegetation with a diameter below 400mmis to be chipped and stored on-site.

Note - The chipped vegetation must be stored in an approved location,preferably a park or public land.

No example provided.PO44

Any alteration or relocation in connection with or arisingfrom the development to any service, installation, plant,equipment or other item belonging to or under thecontrol of the telecommunications authority, electricityauthorities, the Council or other person engaged in theprovision of public utility services is to be carried withthe development and at no cost to Council.

Earthworks

E45.1PO45

All cut and fill batters are provided with appropriate scour,erosion protection and run-off control measures includingcatch drains at the top of batters and lined batter drainsas necessary.

On-site earthworks are designed to consider the visualand amenity impact as they relate to:

a. the natural topographical features of the site;b. short and long-term slope stability;c. soft or compressible foundation soils;

E45.2d. reactive soils;e. low density or potentially collapsing soils; Stabilisation measures are provided, as necessary, to

ensure long-term stability and low maintenance of steeprock slopes and batters.

f. existing fill and soil contamination that may existon-site;

g. the stability andmaintenance of steep rock slopesand batters;

E45.3h. excavation (cut) and fill and impacts on theamenity of adjoining lots (e.g. residential).

Inspection and certification of steep rock slopes and battersis required by a suitably qualified and experienced RPEQ.Note - Filling or excavation works are to be completed within six

months of the commencement date.

E45.4

All filling or excavation is contained on-site.

E45.5

All fill placed on-site is:

a. limited to that required for the necessary approveduse;

b. clean and uncontaminated (i.e. no building waste,concrete, green waste or contaminated material etc.is used as fill).

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1862

6 Zones

Page 133: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E45.6

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site inaccordance with AS3798.

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenance andbonding procedures.

E46PO46

Any embankments more than 1.5 metres in height arestepped, terraced and landscaped.

Embankments are stepped, terraced and landscapedto not adversely impact on the visual amenity of thesurrounding area.

Figure - Embankment

E47.1PO47

No filling or excavation is undertaken in an easementissued in favour of Council or a public sector entity.

Filling or excavation is undertaken in a manner that:

a. does not adversely impact on a Council or publicsector entity maintained infrastructure or anydrainage feature on, or adjacent to the land;

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable Planning Act2009.

b. does not preclude reasonable access to a Councilor public sector entity maintained infrastructure

E47.2or any drainage feature on, or adjacent to the landfor monitoring, maintenance or replacementpurposes. Filling or excavation that would result in any of the following

is not carried out on-site:Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009. a. a reduction in cover over any Council or public sector

entity infrastructure service to less than 600mm;b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within

1.5m on each side of, the Council or public sectorentity infrastructure above that which existed prior tothe earthworks being undertaken.

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable Planning Act2009.

No example provided.PO48

Filling or excavation does not result in land instability.

Note - Steep rock slopes and batters are inspected and certifiedfor long-term stability by a suitably qualified and experiencedgeotechnical engineer with RPEQ qualifications. Stabilisationmeasures are provided, as necessary, to ensure long-term stabilityand low maintenance.

1863Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 134: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO49

Development does not result in

a. adverse impacts on the hydrological and hydrauliccapacity of the waterway or floodway;

b. increased flood inundation outside the site;c. any reduction in the flood storage capacity in the

floodway;d. and any clearing of native vegetation.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with this outcome, PlanningScheme Policy - Stormwater Management provides guidance onthe preparation of a site based stormwater management plan bya suitably qualified professional. Refer to Planning scheme policy- Integrated design for guidance on infrastructure design andmodelling requirements.

Retaining walls and structures

E50PO50

Earth retaining structures:All earth retaining structures provide a positive interfacewith the streetscape and minimise impacts on theamenity of adjoining residents. a. are not constructed of boulder rocks or timber;

b. where height is no greater than 900mm, are providedin accordance with Figure - Retaining on a boundary;

Figure - Retaining on boundary

c. where height is greater than 900mm but no greaterthan 1.5m, are to be setback at least the equivalentheight of the retaining structure from any propertyboundary;

d. where height is greater than 1.5m, are to be setbackand stepped 1.5m vertical: 1.5m horizontal, terraced,landscaped and drained as shown below.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1864

6 Zones

Page 135: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Figure - Cut

Figure - Fill

Fire Services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

1865Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 136: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

E51.1PO51

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to thestandard prescribed under the relevant parts of AustralianStandard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

Development incorporates a fire fighting system that:

a. satisfies the reasonable needs of the fire fightingentity for the area;

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the followingare the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005) that may be applicable:

b. is appropriate for the size, shape and topographyof the development and its surrounds;

c. is compatible with the operational equipmentavailable to the fire fighting entity for the area; a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part

3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and their associatedd. considers the fire hazard inherent in the materials

comprising the development and their proximityto one another;

outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrants or suitablysignposted in-ground hydrants would be an acceptablealternative;

e. considers the fire hazard inherent in the surroundsto the development site;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for fire hydrants- Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well as Appendix B ofAS 2419.1 (2005);f. is maintained in effective operating order.

c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and otherfacilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

Note - The Queensland Fire and Emergency Services is the entitycurrently providing the fire fighting function for the urban areas ofthe Moreton Bay Region.

i. for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrantcoverage need only extend to the roof and external wallsof those buildings;

ii. for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need onlyextend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities,hydrant coverage is required across the entire area ofthe outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoorstorage facilities;

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearance requirements- Part 3.5 and, where applicable, Part 3.6.

E51.2

A continuous path of travel having the followingcharacteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant and hydrantbooster point on the land:

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne

HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to stand

within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m of eachhydrant booster point.

E51.3

On-site fire hydrant facilities are maintained in effectiveoperating order in a manner prescribed in AustralianStandard AS1851 (2012) – Routine service of fireprotection systems and equipment.

E52PO52

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1866

6 Zones

Page 137: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

For development that contains on-site fire hydrants externalto buildings:

On-site fire hydrants that are external to buildings, aswell as the available fire fighting appliance accessroutes to those hydrants, can be readily identified at alltimes from, or at, the vehicular entry point to thedevelopment site.

a. those external hydrants can be seen from thevehicular entry point to the site; or

b. a sign identifying the following is provided at thevehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (to scale);

ii. internal road names (where used);

iii. all communal facilities (where provided);

iv. the reception area and on-site manager’s office(where provided);

v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;

vi. physical constraints within the internal roadwaysystem which would restrict access by firefighting appliances to external hydrants andhydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood, atall times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5m from thesign.

E53PO53

For development that contains on-site fire hydrants externalto buildings, those hydrants are identified by way of markerposts and raised reflective pavement markers in the

Each on-site fire hydrant that is external to a buildingis signposted in a way that enables it to be readilyidentified at all times by the occupants of any firefightingappliance traversing the development site. manner prescribed in the technical note Fire hydrant

indication system produced by theQueensland Departmentof Transport and Main Roads.

Note - Technical note Fire hydrant indication system is available onthe website of the Queensland Department of Transport and MainRoads.

Use specific criteria

Industrial uses

E54PO54

1867Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 138: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The combined area of ancillary non-industrial activities,including but not limited to offices(53) and administrationfunctions, does not exceed 20% of the GFA or 200m2,whichever is the lesser.

Ancillary office(53), administration functions andcustomer service components do not compromise theprimary use of the site or industrial activities in theprecinct.

E55PO55

The combined area for the display and retail sale ofcommodities, articles or goods resulting from the industrialprocesses on the site does not exceed 5% of the GFA or100m2, whichever is the lesser.

Ancillary retail or showroom(78) areas do notcompromise the primary use of the site or industrialactivities in the precinct and does not affect the viability,role or function of the region's centres network.

No example provided.PO56

Buildings directly adjoining non-industrial zoned land:

a. are compatible with the character of the adjoiningarea;

b. minimise overlooking and overshadowing;

c. maintain privacy;

d. do not cause significant loss of amenity toneighbouring residents by way of noise, vibration,odour, lighting, traffic generation and hours ofoperation.

No example provided.PO57

Low impact industry(42) or Service industry(73) activities:

a. are only located on the periphery of the precinct;

b. are only located on Collector, Sub-arterial orArterial roads;

c. do not constrain the function or viability of existingand future industrial uses in the precinct;

d. do not generate excessive non-industrial traffic.

Note - Refer to Overlay map - Road hierarchy for roadclassifications.

No example provided.PO58

High impact industry(34) activities:

a. are located at least 500m from a sensitive landuse or sensitive zone;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1868

6 Zones

Page 139: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

b. do not compromise the function or viability ofexisting and future industrial uses in the precinct;

c. do not adversely impact on the amenity, healthor safety of adjoining industrial workers orsensitive land uses.

No example provided.PO59

Non-industrial components of buildings (includingoffices and retail areas) are to be located at the roadfrontage to assist in activating the frontage anddesigned as high quality architectural featuresincorporating entry area elements such as forecourts,awnings and the architectural treatment of roof linesand fascias.

Home based business (35)

No example provided.PO60

Home based business(s)(35):

a. is subordinate in size and function to the primaryuse on the site being residential;

b. are of a scale and intensity that does not resultin adverse visual or nuisance impacts on theresidents in adjoining or nearby dwellings;

c. results in a vehicular and pedestrian trafficgeneration consistent with that reasonablyexpected in the surrounding area;

d. are suitably screened to ensure adverse visualimpacts on the residents in adjoining or nearbydwellings are minimised;

e. sufficiently separated from adjoining propertiesso development does not result in adverse visual,noise, or nuisance impacts on adjoining residents.

E61.1PO61

Only goods grown, produced or manufactured on-site aresold from the site.

On-site display and sales of goods is limited to theactivities being undertaken from the site and does notresult in:

E61.2a. the display and sale of goods being viewed fromoutside of the site;

Display of goods grown, produced or manufactured on-siteare contained within a dwelling or on-site structure and thedisplay of goods is not visible from the boundary of thesite.

b. overall development on the site having apredominantly commercial appearance.

Caretaker’s accommodation (10)

E62PO62

1869Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 140: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Caretaker's accommodation(10):Development of Caretaker's accommodation(10):

a. has a maximum GFA is 80m2;a. does not compromise the productivity of the useoccurring on-site and in the surrounding area;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway tothat of the industrial use;b. is domestic in scale;

c.c. provides a minimum 16m2 of private open spacedirectly accessible from a habitable room;

provides adequate car parking provisionsexclusive on the primary use of the site;

d. d.is safe for the residents; provides car parking in accordance with Schedule 7- Car parking.

e. has regard to the open space and recreationneeds of the residents.

Sales office (72)

E63PO63

A Sales office(72) is located on the site for no longer than2 years.

Sales office(72) remain temporary in duration anddemonstrates a relationship to the land or buildingsbeing displayed or sold.

Other Non-industrial uses

No example provided.PO64

With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10),residential and other sensitive land uses do notestablish within the precinct.

No example provided.PO65

Non-industrial uses:

a. are consolidated with existing non-industrial usesin the precinct;

b. do not compromise the viability, role or functionof the region's centres network;

c. are not subject to adverse amenity impacts, orrisk to health from industrial activities;

d. do not constrain the function or viability of existingor future industrial activities in the surroundingarea;

e. are not located on Collector or Local roads.

Note - The submission of a Hazard and Nuisance Mitigation Planmay be required to justify compliance with this outcome.

Note - Refer to Overlay map - Road hierarchy for roadclassifications.

No example provided.PO66

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1870

6 Zones

Page 141: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Traffic generated by non-industrial uses does notdetrimentally impact upon the operation andfunctionality of the external road network.

Major electricity infrastructure(43), Substation(80) and Utility installation(86)

E67.1PO67

Development is designed to minimise surrounding landuse conflicts by ensuring infrastructure, buildings,structures and other equipment:

The development does not have an adverse impact onthe visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;a. are enclosed within buildings or structures;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;b. are located behind the main building line;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;c. have a similar height, bulk and scale to the

surrounding fabric;d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy

or the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

d. have horizontal and vertical articulation applied to allexterior walls.

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape; E67.2

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity; A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the outside of the fenced area, between thedevelopment and street frontage, side and rear boundaries.

h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and

character of the zone and surrounding area.

E68PO68

Access control arrangements:Infrastructure does not have an impact on pedestrianhealth and safety.

a. do not create dead-ends or dark alleyways adjacentto the infrastructure;

b. minimise the number and width of crossovers andentry points;

c. provide safe vehicular access to the site;d. do not utilise barbed wire or razor wire.

E69PO69

All equipment which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporatingsound control measures sufficient to ensure noiseemissions meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

All activities associated with the development occurwithin an environment incorporating sufficient controlsto ensure the facility:

a. generates no audible sound at the site boundarieswhere in a residential setting; or

b. meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Telecommunications facility (81)

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities (81)must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

E70.1PO70

1871Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 142: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

New telecommunication facilities(81) are co-located onexisting towers with new equipment shelter and associatedstructures positioned adjacent to the existing shelters andstructures.

Telecommunications facilities(81) are co-located withexisting telecommunications facilities(81), Utilityinstallation(86), Major electricity infrastructure(43) orSubstation(80) if there is already a facility in the samecoverage area.

E70.2

If not co-located with an existing facility, all co-locationopportunities have been investigated and fully exhaustedwithin a 2km radius of the site.

E71PO71

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allow foradditional equipment shelters and associated structuresfor the purpose of co-locating on the proposed facility.

A new Telecommunications facility(81) is designed andconstructed to ensure co-masting or co-siting with othercarriers both on the tower or pole and at ground levelis possible in the future.

E72PO72

The development results in no net reduction in theminimum quantity and standard of landscaping, private orcommunal open space or car parking spaces requiredunder the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

Telecommunications facilities(81) do not conflict withlawful existing land uses both on and adjoining the site.

E73.1PO73

Where in an urban area, the development does notprotrude more than 5m above the level of the existingtreeline, prominent ridgeline or building rooftops in thesurrounding townscape.

The Telecommunications facility(81) does not have anadverse impact on the visual amenity of a locality andis:

a. high quality design and construction;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;

E73.2c. not visually dominant or intrusive;d. located behind the main building line; In all other areas towers do not exceed 35m in height.e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy

or the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures; E73.3

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape; Towers, equipment shelters and associated structures are

of a design, colour and material to:g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;h. landscaped; a. reduce recognition in the landscape;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and

character of the zone and surrounding area. b. reduce glare and reflectivity.

E73.4

All structures and buildings are setback behind the mainbuilding line and a minimum of 10m from side and rearboundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractiveindustry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is 3m.

Where there is no established building line the facility islocated at the rear of the site.

E73.5

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1872

6 Zones

Page 143: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by othermeans to ensure public access is prohibited.

E73.6

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the perimeter of the fenced area, between thefacility and street frontage and adjoining uses.

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, prepared bya suitably qualified person, to ensure compliance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

E74PO74

An Access and Landscape Plan demonstrates how 24 hourvehicular access will be obtained and maintained to thefacility in a manner that is appropriate to the site’s context.

Lawful access is maintained to the site at all times thatdoes not alter the amenity of the landscape orsurrounding uses.

E75PO75

All equipment comprising the Telecommunicationsfacility(81) which produces audible or non-audible sound ishoused within a fully enclosed building incorporating soundcontrol measures sufficient to ensure no noise from thisequipment can be heard, or felt at the site boundary.

All activities associated with the development occurwithin an environment incorporating sufficient controlsto ensure the facility generates no audible sound at thesite boundaries where in a residential setting.

Values and constraints criteria

Note - The relevant values and constraints criteria do not apply where the development is consistent with a current Development permit forReconfiguring a lot or Material change of use or Operational work, where that approval has considered and addressed (e.g. through adevelopment footprint plan (or similar in the case of Landslide hazard) or conditions of approval) the identified value or constraint under thisplanning scheme.

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome, an Acid sulfate soils (ASS) investigation report and soil management plan

is prepared by a qualified engineer. Guidance for the preparation an ASS investigation report and soil management plan is provided in

Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils.

E76PO76

Development does not involve:Development avoids disturbing acid sulfate soils. Wheredevelopment disturbs acid sulfate soils, development:

1873Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 144: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than 100m3

of soil or sediment where below than 5m AustralianHeight datum AHD; or

a. is managed to avoid or minimise the release ofsurface or groundwater flows containing acid andmetal contaminants into the environment;

b. b.protects the environmental and ecological valuesand health of receiving waters;

filling of land of more than 500m3 of material with anaverage depth of 0.5m or greater where below the5m Australian Height datum AHD.c. protects buildings and infrastructure from the

effects of acid sulfate soils.

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this criteria primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), matters of stateenvironmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES is defined inSchedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix 1 of thePlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Vegetation clearing, ecological value and connectivity

No example provided.PO77

Development avoids locating in a High Value Area ora Value Offset Area. Where it is not practicable orreasonable for development to avoid establishing inthese areas, development must ensure that:

a. the quality and integrity of the biodiversity andecological values inherent to a High Value Area

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1874

6 Zones

Page 145: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

and a Value Offset Area is maintained and notlost or degraded;

b. on-site mitigation measures, mechanisms orprocesses are in place demonstrating the qualityand integrity of the biodiversity and ecologicalvalues inherent to a High Value Area and a ValueOffset Area are maintained. For example, thiscan be achieved through replacement, restorationor rehabilitation planting as part of any proposedcovenant, the development of a VegetationManagement Plan, a Fauna Management Plan,and any other on-site mitigation options identifiedin the Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas*.

* Editor's note - This is not a requirement for an environmentaloffset under the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

No example provided.PO78

Development provides for safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and establishes andmaintains habitat connectivity by:

a. retaining habitat trees;b. providing contiguous patches of habitat;c. provide replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity;d. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;e. providing wildlife movement infrastructure.

Editor's note - Wildlife movement infrastructure may include refugepoles, tree boulevarding, ‘stepping stone’ vegetation plantings,tunnels, appropriate wildlife fencing; culverts with ledges,underpasses, overpasses, land bridges and rope bridges. Furtherinformation is provided in Planning scheme policy – Environmentalareas.

Vegetation clearing and habitat protection

No example provided.PO79

Development ensures that the biodiversity quality andintegrity of habitats is not adversely impacted upon butmaintained and protected.

No example provided.PO80

Development does not result in the net loss ordegradation of habitat value in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where development does result inthe loss or degradation of habitat value, developmentwill:

a. rehabilitate, revegetate, restore and enhance anarea to ensure it continues to function as a viableand healthy habitat area;

1875Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 146: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

b. provide replacement fauna nesting boxes in theevent of habitat tree loss in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas;

c. undertake rehabilitation, revegetation andrestoration in accordance with the South EastQueensland Ecological Restoration Framework.

No example provided.PO81

Development ensures safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and habitat connectivityby:

a. providing contiguous patches of habitat;b. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;c. providing wildlife movement infrastructure;d. providing replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity.

Vegetation clearing and soil resource stability

No example provided.PO82

Development does not:

a. result in soil erosion or land degradation;b. leave cleared land exposed for an unreasonable

period of time but is rehabilitated in a timelymanner.

Vegetation clearing and water quality

No example provided.PO83

Development maintains or improves the quality ofgroundwater and surface water within, and downstream,of a site by:

a. ensuring an effective vegetated buffers andsetbacks from waterbodies is retained to achievenatural filtration and reduce sediment loads;

b. avoiding or minimising changes to landforms tomaintain hydrological water flows;

c. adopting suitable measures to exclude livestockfrom entering a waterbody where a site is beingused for animal husbandry(4) and animalkeeping(5) activities.

No example provided.PO84

Development minimises adverse impacts of stormwaterrun-off on water quality by:

a. minimising flow velocity to reduce erosion;b. minimising hard surface areas;c. maximising the use of permeable surfaces;d. incorporating sediment retention devices;e. minimising channelled flow.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1876

6 Zones

Page 147: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Vegetation clearing and access, edge effects and urban heat island effects

No example provided.PO85

Development retains safe and convenient public accessin a manner that does not result in the adverse edgeeffects or the loss or degradation of biodiversity valueswithin the environment.

No example provided.PO86

Development minimises potential adverse ‘edge effects’on ecological values by:

a. providing dense planting buffers of nativevegetation between a development andenvironmental areas;

b. retaining patches of native vegetation of greatestpossible size where located between adevelopment and environmental areas ;

c. restoring, rehabilitating and increasing the sizeof existing patches of native vegetation;

d. ensuring that buildings and access (public andvehicle) are setback as far as possible fromenvironmental areas and corridors;

e. landscaping with native plants of local origin.

Editor's note - Edge effects are factors of development that go todetrimentally affecting the composition and density of naturalpopulations at the fringe of natural areas. Factors include weedinvasion, pets, public and vehicle access, nutrient loads, noiseand light pollution, increased fire frequency and changes in thegroundwater and surface water flow.

No example provided.PO87

Development avoids adverse microclimate change anddoes not result in increased urban heat island effects.Adverse urban heat island effects are minimised by:

a. pervious surfaces;b. providing deeply planted vegetation buffers and

green linkage opportunities;c. landscaping with local native plant species to

achieve well-shaded urban places;d. increasing the service extent of the urban forest

canopy.

Vegetation clearing and Matters of Local Environmental Significance (MLES) environmental offsets

No example provided.PO88

Where development results in the unavoidable loss ofnative vegetation within a Value Offset Area MLESwaterway buffer or a Value Offset Area MLES wetlandbuffer, an environmental offset is required inaccordance with the environmental offset requirementsidentified in Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas.

1877Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 148: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - For MSES Koala Offsets, the environmental offsetprovisions in schedule 11 of the Regulation, in combination withthe requirements of the Environmental Offset Act 2014, apply.

Extractive resources separation area (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (separation area) to determineif the following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcomes, a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitably qualifiedperson. Guidance to preparing noise impact assessment report is provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

E89PO89

One dwelling house(22) permitted per lot within separationarea.

Development does not increase the number of peopleliving in the Extractive Resources separation area.

E90PO90

Development within the separation area does not includethe following activities:

Development:

a. does not introduce or increase uses that aresensitive to the impacts of an Extractiveindustry(27);

a. Caretaker's accommodation(10);b. Community residence(16);

b. is compatible with the operation of an Extractiveindustry(27);

c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling unit(23);

c. does not comprise or undermine the function andintegrity of the separation area in providing a

e. Hospital(36);f. Rooming accommodation(69);

buffer between key extractive and processing g. Multiple dwelling(49);activities and sensitive, incompatible uses outsidethe separation area.

h. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);i. Relocatable home park(62);j. Residential care facility(65);k. Resort complex(66);l. Retirement facility(67);m. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);n. Short-term accommodation(77);o. Tourist park(84).

E91PO91

All habitable rooms within the separation area are:Habitable rooms achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

a. acoustically insulated to achieve the noise levelslisted in Schedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives,Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008;

b. provided with mechanical ventilation.

E92PO92

Private open space areas are separated from the resourceprocessing area by buildings or a 1.8m high solid structure.

Development provides open space areas for passiverecreation in a manner where impacts from keyextractive/processing activities, particularly noise, isminimised.

Extractive resources transport routes (refer Overlaymap - Extractive resources (transport route and buffer)to determine if the following assessment criteria apply)

E93PO93

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1878

6 Zones

Page 149: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The following uses are not located within the 100m widetransport route buffer:

Development:

a. does not increase in the number of people livingin close proximity to a transport route and being a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10), except where located

in the Extractive industry zone;subject to the adverse effects from thetransportation route; b. Community residence(16);

b. does not result in the establishment of uses thatare incompatible with the operation of Extractiveresources transport routes;

c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22);e. Dwelling unit(23);

c. adopts design and location measures tosatisfactorily mitigate the potential adverse

f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);

impacts associated with transportation routes on h. Multiple dwelling(49);sensitive land uses. Such measures include, butare not limited to: i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);

j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);i. locating the furthest distance possible from

the transportation route; l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);ii. habitable rooms being located the furthest

from the transportation route; n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);iii. o.shielding and screening private outdoor

recreation space from the transportationroutes.

Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E94.1PO94

Development does not create a new vehicle access pointonto an Extractive resources transport route.

Development:

a. does not adversely impact upon the efficient andeffective transportation of extractivematerial alonga transportation route; E94.2

b. ensures vehicle access and egress alongtransportation routes are designed and located A vehicle access point is located, designed and constructed

in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

to achieve a high degree of safety, having goodvisibility;

c. utilises existing vehicle access points and whereexisting vehicle access points are sub-standardor poorly formed, they are upgraded to anappropriate standard.

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of heritage performance outcomes, a heritage impact assessment report prepared by asuitably qualified person verifying the proposed development is in accordance with The Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter.

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of this performance outcome, a Tree Assessment report is prepared by a qualified arboristin accordance with Planning scheme policy – Heritage and landscape character. The tree assessment report will also detail the measuresadopted in accordance with AS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites.

E95PO95

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repairand restoration of a site, object or building of culturalheritage value.

Development will:

a. not diminish or cause irreversible damage to thecultural heritage values present on the site, andassociated with a heritage site, object or building; Note - A cultural heritage conservation management plan for the

preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of a site, object orb. protect the fabric and setting of the heritage site,object or building; building of cultural heritage value is prepared in accordance with

1879Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 150: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. The planis sent to, and approved by Council prior to the commencement of anypreservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works.

c. be consistent with the form, scale and style of theheritage site, object or building;

d. utilise similar materials to those existing, or wherethis is not reasonable or practicable, neutralmaterials and finishes;

e. incorporate complementary elements, detailingand ornamentation to those present on theheritage site, object or building;

f. retain public access where this is currentlyprovided.

No example provided.PO96

Demolition and removal is only considered where:

a. a report prepared by a suitably qualifiedconservation architect or conservation engineerdemonstrates that the building is structurallyunsound and is not reasonably capable ofeconomic repair; or

b. demolition is confined to the removal ofoutbuildings, extensions and alterations that arenot part of the original structure; or

c. limited demolition is performed in the course ofrepairs, maintenance or restoration; or

d. demolition is performed following a catastrophicevent which substantially destroys the building orobject.

No example provided.PO97

Where development is occurring on land adjoining asite of cultural heritage value, the development is to besympathetic to and consistent with the cultural heritagevalues present on the site and not result in their valuesbeing eroded, degraded or unreasonably obscuredfrom public view.

E98PO98

Development does:Development does not adversely impact upon thehealth and vitality of significant trees. Wheredevelopment occurs in proximity to a significant tree, a. not result in the removal of a significant tree;

b. not occur within 20m of a protected tree;construction measures and techniques as detailed inAS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sitesare adopted to ensure a significant tree's health,wellbeing and vitality.

c. involve pruning of a tree in accordance with AustralianStandard AS 4373-2007 – Pruning of Amenity Trees.

Significant trees are only removed where they are in apoor state of health or where they pose a health andsafety risk to persons or property. A Tree Assessmentreport prepared by a suitably qualified arboristconfirming a tree's state of health is required todemonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Infrastructure buffers (refer Overlay map - Infrastructure buffers to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1880

6 Zones

Page 151: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E99PO99

The following uses are not located within a wastewatertreatment site buffer:

Odour sensitive development is separated fromWastewater treatment plants so they are not adverselyaffected by odour emission or other air pollutantimpacts. a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);

b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22)

e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E100PO100

The following uses are not located within a Landfill buffer:Odour sensitive development is separated from landfillsites so they are not adversely affected by odouremission or other air pollutant impacts. a. Caretaker’s accommodation(10);

b. Community residence(16);c. Dual occupancy(21);d. Dwelling house(22);e. Dwelling unit(23);f. Hospital(36);g. Rooming accommodation(69);h. Multiple dwelling(49);i. Non-resident workforce accommodation(52);j. Relocatable home park(62);k. Residential care facility(65);l. Resort complex(66);m. Retirement facility(67);n. Rural workers’ accommodation(71);o. Short-term accommodation(77);p. Tourist park(84).

E101PO101

Habitable rooms:Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are located a sufficient distance fromsubstations(80) to avoid any potential adverse impactson personal health and wellbeing from electromagneticfields.

a. are not located within an Electricity supply substationbuffer; and

b. proposed on a site subject to an Electricity supplysupply substation(80)are acoustically insulted to

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

achieve the noise levels listed in Schedule 1, AcousticQuality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Noise)Policy 2008.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

1881Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 152: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO102

Habitable rooms within an Electricity supply substationbuffer are acoustically insulated from the noise of asubstation(80) to achieve the noise levels listed inSchedule 1 Acoustic Quality Objectives, EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008 and provides a safe,healthy and disturbance free living environment.

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome,a noise impact assessment report is prepared by a suitablyqualified person. Guidance to preparing an noise impactassessment report is provided in Planning scheme policy – Noise.

Note - Habitable room is defined in the Building Code of Australia(Volume 1)

E103PO103

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a High voltage electricity linebuffer.

Development within a High voltage electricity line bufferprovides adequate buffers to high voltage electricitylines to protect amenity and health by ensuringdevelopment:

a. is located and designed to avoid any potentialadverse impacts on personal health and wellbeingfrom electromagnetic fields in accordance withthe principle of prudent avoidance;

b. is located and designed in a manner thatmaintains a high level of security of supply;

c. is located and design so not to impede upon thefunctioning and maintenance of high voltageelectrical infrastructure.

E104PO104

Development does not involve the construction of anybuildings or structures within a Pumping station buffer.

Development within a Pumping station buffer is located,designed and constructed to:

a. ensure that odour or other air pollutant impactson the amenity of the development met the airquality of objectives in the EnvironmentalProtection (Air) Policy 2008;

b. ensure that noise impacts on the amenity of thedevelopment met the indoor noise objectives setout in the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy2008.

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - The applicable river and creek flood planning levels associated with defined flood event (DFE) within the inundation area can beobtained by requesting a flood check property report from Council.

No example provided.PO105

Development:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1882

6 Zones

Page 153: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. minimises the risk to persons from overland flow;b. does not increase the potential for damage from

overland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public land, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

No example provided.PO106

Development:

a. maintains the conveyance of overland flowpredominantly unimpeded through the premisesfor any event up to and including the 1% AEP forthe fully developed upstream catchment;

b. does not concentrate, intensify or divert overlandflow onto an upstream, downstream orsurrounding property.

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planningscheme policy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow.

No example provided.PO107

Development does not:

a. directly, indirectly or cumulatively cause anyincrease in overland flow velocity or level;

b. increase the potential for flood damage fromoverland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public lands, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

Note - Open concrete drains greater than 1m in width are not anacceptable outcome, nor are any other design options that mayincrease scouring.

E108PO108

Development ensures that a hazardous chemical is notlocated or stored in an Overland flow path area.

Development ensures that public safety and the risk tothe environment are not adversely affected by adetrimental impact of overland flow on a hazardouschemical located or stored on the premises. Note - Refer to the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 and associated

Regulation and Guidelines, the Environmental Protection Act 1994and the relevant building assessment provisions under the BuildingAct 1975 for requirements related to the manufacture and storage ofhazardous substances.

E109PO109

Development which is not in a Rural zone that an overlandflow paths and drainage infrastructure is provided to conveyoverland flow from a road or public open space area awayfrom a private lot.

Development which is not in a Rural zone ensures thatoverland flow is not conveyed from a road or publicopen space onto a private lot.

1883Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 154: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E110.1PO110

Development ensures that roof and allotment drainageinfrastructure is provided in accordance with the followingrelevant level as identified in QUDM:

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure, overland flow paths and open drainsthrough private property cater for overland flows for afully developed upstream catchment and are able tobe easily maintained. a. Urban area – Level III;

b. Rural area – N/A;Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the development

c. Industrial area – Level V;d. Commercial area – Level V.

does not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises. E110.2

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planningscheme policy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure is designed to accommodate any event upto and including the 1% AEP for the fully developedupstream catchment.

No example provided.PO111

Development protects the conveyance of overland flowsuch that an easement for drainage purposes isprovided over:

a. a stormwater pipe if the nominal pipe diameterexceeds 300mm;

b. an overland flow path where it crosses more thanone premises;

c. inter-allotment drainage infrastructure.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails and examples.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are providedin accordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Additional criteria for development for a Park(57)

E112PO112

Development for a Park(57) ensures works are provided inaccordance with the requirements set out in Appendix Bof the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Development for a Park(57) ensures that the design andlayout responds to the nature of the overland flowaffecting the premises such that:

a. public benefit and enjoyment is maximised;

b. impacts on the asset life and integrity of parkstructures is minimised;

c. maintenance and replacement costs areminimised.

Riparian and wetland setbacks

E113PO113

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1884

6 Zones

Page 155: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development does not occur within:Development provides andmaintains a suitable setbackfromwaterways and wetlands that protects natural andenvironmental values. This is achieved by recognisingand responding to the following matters:

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway and drainageline

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway and drainageline

a. impact on fauna habitats;

b. impact on wildlife corridors and connectivity;c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway and drainage

linec. impact on stream integrity;

d.d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50m fromall other wetlands.

impact of opportunities for revegetation andrehabilitation planting;

e. edge effects.Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlandsare mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparian andwetland setbacks.

1885Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 156: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.4 Restricted industry precinct

6.2.7.4.1 Purpose - Restricted industry precinct

1. The purpose of the code will be achieved through the following overall outcomes for the Restricted industryprecinct:

a. A range of industrial activities are established in the precinct which are of a scale and intensity where thepotential of adverse impacts on sensitive receptors requires a location significantly separated fromincompatible activities.

b. The operation and viability of existing and future industrial activities is protected from the intrusion ofincompatible uses.

c. Industrial development is located, designed and managed to:

i. maintain the health and safety of people;

ii. avoid significant adverse effects on the natural environment;

iii. minimise the possibly of adverse impacts on surrounding non-industrial uses.

d. Development has access to infrastructure and essential services and convenient access to major transportnetworks.

e. Development is designed to incorporate sustainable practices where possible, including water sensitivedesign and energy efficient building design.

f. Development achieves a high standard of industrial design and incorporates crime prevention throughenvironmental design (CPTED) principles.

g. High impact industry(34) activities do not result in detriment or danger to other development in the locality.

h. Development that is able to be accommodated in other locations does not establish in this precinct andreduce the limited supply of land available in this precinct.

i. Special industry(79) does not establish within the precinct.

j. Extensions to existing Special industry(79) do not increase the scale and intensity of the use.

k. With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10), sensitive land uses, including all forms of residentialdevelopment, do not occur within the precinct.

l. General works associated with the development achieves the following:

i. new development is provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current andfuture needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications andreticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

ii. the development manages stormwater to:

A. ensure the discharge of stormwater does not adversely affect the quality, environmental valuesor ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the externalroad network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or

adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1886

6 Zones

Page 157: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

m. Development does not cause a nuisance by way of aerosols, fumes, light, noise, odour, particles or smoke.

n. Noise generating uses are designed, sited and constructed to minimise the transmission of noise toappropriate levels and do not cause environmental harm or nuisance.

o. Noise sensitive uses are designed, sited and constructed so as not to be subject to unacceptable levelsof noise.

p. Development avoids areas subject to constraint, limitation, or environmental value. Where developmentcannot avoid these identified areas, it responds by:

i. adopting a 'least risk, least impact' approach when designing, siting and locating development in anyarea subject to a constraint, limitation or environmental value to minimise the potential risk to people,property and the environment;

ii. ensuring no further instability, erosion or degradation of the land, water or soil resource;iii. when located within a Water buffer area, complying with the Water Quality Vision and Objectives

contained in the Seqwater Development Guidelines: Development Guidelines for Water QualityManagement in Drinking Water Catchments 2012.

iv. maintaining, restoring and rehabilitating environmental values, including natural, ecological, biological,aquatic, hydrological and amenity values, and enhancing these values through the provision of plantingand landscaping, and facilitating safe wildlife movement and connectivity through:

A. the provision of replacement, restoration, rehabilitation planting and landscaping;B. the location, design and management of development to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on

ecological systems and processes;C. the requiring of environmental offsets in accordance with the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

v. protecting native species and protecting and enhancing species habitat;vi. protecting and preserving the natural, aesthetic, architectural historic and cultural values of significant

trees, places, objects and buildings of heritage and cultural significance;vii. establishing effective separation distances, buffers and mitigation measures associated with identified

infrastructure to minimise adverse effects on sensitive land uses from odour, noise, dust and othernuisance generating activities;

viii. establishing, maintaining and protecting appropriate buffers to waterways, wetlands, native vegetationand significant fauna habitat;

ix. ensuring it promotes and does not undermine the ongoing viability, integrity, operation, maintenanceand safety of identified infrastructure;

x. ensuring effective and efficient disaster management response and recovery capabilities;xi. where located in an overland flow path:

A. development siting, built form, layout and access responds to the risk presented by the overlandflow and minimises risk to personal safety;

B. development is resilient to the impacts of overland flow by ensuring the siting and design accountsfor the potential risks to property associated with the overland flow;

C. development does not impact on the conveyance of the overland flow for any event up to andincluding the 1% AEP for the fully developed upstream catchment;

D. development directly, indirectly and cumulatively avoid an increase in the severity of overlandflow and potential for damage on the premises or other premises, public lands, watercourses,roads or infrastructure.

q. Development in the Restricted industry precinct includes one or more of the following:

Research and technologyindustry(64)

Medium impact industry(47)High impact industry(34)

r. Development in the Restricted industry precinct does not include any of the following:

1887Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 158: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Parking station(58)Funeral parlour(30)Adult store(1)

Agricultural supplies store(2) Permanent plantation(59)Garden centre(31)

Hardware and tradesupplies(32)

Air services(3) Place of worship(60)

Relocatable home park(62)Animal keeping(5)

Health care services(33)Aquaculture(6) Renewable energy facility(63)

Home based business(35)Bar(7) Residential care facility(65)

Hospital(36)Brothel(8) Resort complex(66)

Hotel(37)Bulk landscape supplies(9) Retirement facility(67)

Indoor sport andrecreation(38)Cemetery(12) Roadside stall(68)

Child care centre(13) Rooming accommodation(69)Intensive animal industry(39)

Club(14) Rural industry(70)Intensive horticulture(40)

Community care centre(15) Rural workers'accommodation(71)

Landing(41)

Community residence(16) Low impact industry(42)Sales office(72)

Community use(17) Major electricityinfrastructure(43) Shop(75)

Cropping(19)

Short-termaccommodation(77)

Major sport, recreation andentertainment facility(44)Detention facility(20)

Dual occupancy(21) Showroom(78)Market(46)

Dwelling house(22) Special industry(79)Motor sport facility(48)

Dwelling unit(23) Theatre(82)Multiple dwelling(49)

Educationalestablishment(24)

Tourist attraction(83)Nature-based tourism(50)

Tourist park(84)Nightclub entertainmentfacility(51)Environment facility(26)

Veterinary services(87)Extractive industry(27) Non-resident workforce

accommodation(52) Warehouse(88)Food and drink outlet(28)

Wholesale nursery(89)Office(53)Function facility(29)

Winery(90)Outdoor sales(54)

Outdoor sport andrecreation(55)

s. Development not listed above may be considered on its merits and where it reflects and supports theoutcomes of the precinct.

6.2.7.4.2 Criteria for assessable development

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1888

6 Zones

Page 159: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Where development is categorised as assessable development - code assessment in the Table of Assessment, andlocated in a precinct, the assessment benchmarks are the criteria set out in Part E, Table 6.2.7.4.1 as well as thepurpose statement and overall outcomes of this code.

Where development is categorised as assessable development - impact assessment, the assessment benchmarksbecome the whole of the planning scheme.

Part E—Criteria for assessable development - Restricted industry precinct

Table 6.2.7.4.1 Assessable development - Restricted industry precinct

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

General criteria

Site cover

No example provided.PO1

Site cover is limited to a proportion of a site that ensures:

a. A sufficient number and type of vehicle parkingspaces are provided on the site to meet the parkingdemands and expectations of the proposed use;

b. Any type of vehicle expected to visit the site on aregular basis is able to access and leave the sitein a forward direction with clear manoeuvring onthe site;

c. setbacks to boundaries maximise the efficient useof the site while ensuring positive interfaces withpublic space or sensitive land uses;

d. Areas of landscaping are provided to soften thebuilt form and hard stand impacts of developmentwhilst providing areas of natural space on a site.

Building height

E2PO2

Building height does not exceed the maximum heightidentified on Overlay map - Building heights.

The height of buildings is in keeping with the predominantindustrial character of the precinct and does not causeadverse amenity impacts on surrounding sensitive landuses and zones.

Setbacks

E3PO3

Buildings maintain a minimum setback of :Street boundary setbacks:

a. 6m to the primary frontage (other than the BruceHighway);

a. minimise building bulk and visual dominance fromthe street;

b. b.provide areas for landscaping at the front of thesite;

3m to the secondary frontage;

1889Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 160: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. 5m to land not included in the Industry zone;c. allow for customer parking to be located at the frontof the building;

d. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.d. Provide opportunities for dense landscaping to

screen at maturity any visibility of development ofa site from the Bruce Highway.

E4PO4

Where a development adjoins general residential zonedland, the building is setback a minimum of 3m from theproperty boundary with dense landscaping installed alongthe boundary to provide screening of the developmentwith a mature height of at least 3m.

Side and rear boundary setbacksmaintain views, privacy,access to natural light and the visual amenity of adjoiningsensitive land uses.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetermining acceptable levels of landscaping for screening purposes.

Building appearance and design

No example provided.PO5

Where fronting an arterial or sub-arterial road, or visiblefrom a Park(57) or centre zoned lot, buildings provide ahigh level of architectural design which adds visualinterest to the streetscape and reduces the perceivedbulk of the building, by incorporating:

a. a range of building materials, colours and features;

b. facade articulation along street frontages;

c. design features to promote customer entry points;

d. materials that are not highly reflective.

Staff recreation area

E6PO6

Where the nature of the activities on-site do not allowstaff to eat in their work environment, the developmentprovides an on-site recreation area for staff that:

Staff are provided with adequate and amenablebreak/dining facilities to suit the nature of the activitieson-site.

a. Includes adequate seating, tables and rubbish binsfor the number of staff on-site;

b. is adequately protected from the weather;

c. is safely accessible to all staff;

d. is separate and private from public areas;

e. is located away from a noisy or odorous activity.

Landscaping

E7PO7

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1890

6 Zones

Page 161: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Landscaping is provided and maintained in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Landscaping is provided on-site to:

a. visually soften the built form, areas of hardstand,storage areas andmechanical plant associated withthe on-site processes;

b. complement the existing or desired streetscape;

c. minimise the impact of industrial development onadjoining lots not zoned for industrial purposes.

Fencing

E8PO8

Where fencing is provided on the street frontage, fencesections between columns or posts have a minimumtransparency of 70% spread evenly across its totalsurface area.

The provision of fencing on street frontages does notdominate the streetscape or create safety issues.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Public access

E9.1PO9

Pedestrian linkages are provided from the street andcustomer car parking areas directly to the main entranceof the building.

The use has a safe, clearly identifiable public accessseparated from service and parking areas.

Note - The following diagram illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

E9.2

1891Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 162: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The public access is separated from industrial serviceareas.

Car parking

E10PO10

Car parking is provided in accordance with Schedule 7- Car parking.

Car parking is provided on-site to meet the anticipateddemands of employees and visitors and avoid adverseimpacts on the external road network.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment for guidance on how to achieve compliance with thisoutcome.

E11PO11

All car parking areas are designed and constructed inaccordance with AS2890.1.

The design of car parking areas:

a. does not impact on the safety of the external roadnetwork;

b. ensures the safety of pedestrians at all times;

c. ensures the safe movement of vehicles within thesite.

Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities

Note - Building work to which this code applies constitutes Major Development for purposes of development requirements for end of tripfacilities prescribed in the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1.

E12.1PO12

Minimum bicycle parking facilities are provided at a rateof 1 bicycle parking space for every 3 vehicles parkingspaces required by Schedule 7 – Car parking.

a. End of trip facilities are provided for employees oroccupants, in the building or on-site within areasonable walking distance, and include:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1892

6 Zones

Page 163: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels

i. adequate bicycle parking and storagefacilities; and

identified in those acceptable solutions. This example is aii. adequate provision for securing belongings;and combination of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in the

Queensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

iii. change rooms that include adequate showers,sanitary compartments, wash basins andmirrors. E12.2

Bicycle parking is:b. Notwithstanding a. there is no requirement to

provide end of trip facilities if it would beunreasonable to provide these facilities havingregard to:

a. provided in accordance with Austroads (2008),Guide to Traffic Management - Part 11: Parking;

b. protected from the weather by its location or adedicated roof structure;i. the projected population growth and forward

planning for road upgrading and developmentof cycle paths; or c. located within the building or in a dedicated, secure

structure for residents and staff;ii. whether it would be practical to commute to

and from the building on a bicycle, havingregard to the likely commute distances andnature of the terrain; or

d. adjacent to building entrances or in public areas forcustomers and visitors.

Note - Bicycle parking structures are to be constructed to thestandards prescribed in AS2890.3.

iii. the condition of the road and the nature andamount of traffic potentially affecting the safetyof commuters.

Note - Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities provided for residentialand non-residential activities may be pooled, provided they are within100 metres of the entrance to the building.

Editor's note - The intent of b above is to ensure the requirementsfor bicycle parking and end of trip facilities are not applied inunreasonable circumstances. For example these requirementsshould not, and do not apply in the Rural zone or the Rural residentialzone etc.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Editor's note - This performance outcome is the same as thePerformance Requirement prescribed for end of trip facilities underthe Queensland Development Code. For development incorporatingbuilding work, that Queensland Development Code performancerequirement cannot be altered by a local planning instrument and

E12.3has been reproduced here solely for information purposes. Council’sassessment in its building work concurrence agency role for end oftrip facilities will be against the performance requirement in the For non-residential uses, storage lockers:Queensland Development Code. As it is subject to change at anytime, applicants for development incorporating building work should a. are provide at a rate of 1.6 per bicycle parking

space (rounded up to the nearest whole number);ensure that proposals that do not comply with the examples underthis heading meet the current performance requirement prescribedin the Queensland Development Code.

b. have minimum dimensions of 900mm (height) x300mm (width) x 450mm (depth).

Note - Storage lockers may be pooled across multiple sites andactivities when within 100 metres of the entrance to the building andwithin 50 metres of bicycle parking and storage facilities.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is an

1893Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 164: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

amalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

E12.4

For non-residential uses, changing rooms:

a. are provided at a rate of 1 per 10 bicycle parkingspaces;

b. are fitted with a lockable door or otherwise screenedfrom public view;

c. are provided with shower(s), sanitarycompartment(s) and wash basin(s) in accordancewith the table below:

Washbasinsrequired

Sanitarycompartmentsrequired

Showersrequired

Changeroomsrequired

Male/Female

Bicyclespacesprovided

11 closet pan11 unisexchangeroom

Maleandfemale

1-5

11 closet pan11Female6-19

11 closet pan11Male20 ormore

1, plus 1 forevery 60

2 closet pans,plus 1 sanitary

2, plus 1for every

1Female

bicyclecompartment for20 bicycleparkingevery 60 bicyclespacesspacesparking spacesprovided

thereafter providedthereafter

providedthereafter

1, plus 1 forevery 60

1 urinal and 1closet pans, plus

2, plus 1for every

1Male

bicycle1 sanitary20 bicycleparkingcompartment atspacesspacesthe rate of 1provided

thereafter providedthereafter

closet pan or 1urinal for every 60bicycle spaceprovidedthereafter

Note - All showers have a minimum 3-star Water Efficiency Labellingand Standards (WELS) rating shower head.

Note - All sanitary compartments are constructed in compliance withF2.3 (e) and F2.5 of BCA (Volume 1).

d. are provided with:

i. a mirror located above each wash basin;ii. a hook and bench seating within each shower

compartment;iii. a socket-outlet located adjacent to each wash

basin.

Note - Change roomsmay be pooled acrossmultiple sites, residentialand non-residential activities when within 100 metres of the entranceto the building and within 50 metres of bicycle parking and storagefacilities

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1894

6 Zones

Page 165: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Loading and servicing

No example provided.PO13

Service areas, including loading/unloading facilities, plantareas and outdoor storage areas, are screened from thedirect view from land not included in the Industry zoneand sub-arterial and arterial roads.

Note - If landscaping is proposed for screening purposes, refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design for determiningacceptable levels.

Waste

No example provided.PO14

Bins and bin storage area/s are provided, designed andmanaged in accordance with Planning scheme policy –Waste.

Environmental impacts

E15PO15

Development achieves the standard listed in Schedule1 Air Quality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008.

Where a use is not an environmentally relevant activityunder the Environmental Protection Act, the release ofany containment that may cause environmental harm ismitigated to an acceptable level.

Lighting

E16PO16

Artificial lighting on-site is directed and shielded in sucha manner as not to exceed the recommended maximumvalues of light technical parameters for the control of

Lighting is directed and shielded to not causeunreasonable disturbance to any person on adjoiningland.

obtrusive light given in Table 2.1 of Australian StandardAS 4282 (1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of OutdoorLighting.

Note - "Curfewed hours” are taken to be those hours between 10pmand 7am on the following day

Noise

No example provided.PO17

1895Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 166: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Noise generating uses do not adversely affect existingor potential noise sensitive uses.

Note - The use of walls, barriers or fences that are visible from oradjoin a road or public area are not appropriate noise attenuationmeasures unless adjoining a motorway, arterial road or rail line.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this outcome. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

E18.1PO18

Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined inthe Planning Scheme Policy – Noise.

Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriateacoustic environment within designated external privateoutdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

E18.2a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces,through maintaining high levels of surveillance of

Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers orfences):

parks, streets and roads that serve active transportpurposes (e.g. existing or future pedestrian pathsor cycle lanes etc); a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public area

unless:b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; orii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does not

serve an existing or future active transportpurpose (e.g. pedestrian paths or cycle lanes)

Note - Refer to Planning Scheme Policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

or where attenuation through building locationand materials is not possible.

b. do not remove existing or prevent future activetransport routes or connections to the streetnetwork;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped inaccordance with Planning scheme policy -Integrated design.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

Note - Refer to Overlay map – Active transport for future activetransport routes.

Hazardous Chemicals

Note - To assist in demonstrating compliance with the following performance outcomes, a Hazard Assessment Report may be required tobe prepared and submitted by a suitably qualified person in accordance with 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on developmentinvolving hazardous chemicals'.

Terms used in this section are defined in State 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on development involving hazardous chemicals'.

E19.1PO19

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1896

6 Zones

Page 167: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of land zoned for vulnerable or sensitive landuses as described below:

Off sites risks from foreseeable hazard scenariosinvolving hazardous chemicals are commensurate withthe sensitivity of the surrounding land use

zones.Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.1 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 0.5 x 10-6/year.

E19.2

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of a commercial or community activity land usezone as described below:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.2 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 5 x 10-6/year.

E19.3

1897Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 168: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of an industrial land use zone as describedbelow:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 14kPa overpressure;

ii. 12.6kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E20.3 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 50 x 10-6/year.

E20PO20

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are provided with 24 hourmonitoredfire detection system for early detection of a fire event.

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are designed to detect the earlystages of a fire situation and notify a designated person.

E21PO21

Storage areas containing packages of flammable andtoxic hazardous chemicals are designed with spillcontainment system(s) capable of containing a minimum

Common storage areas containing packages offlammable and toxic hazardous chemicals are designedwith spill containment system(s) that are adequate tocontain releases, including fire fighting media. of the total aggregate capacity of all packages plus the

maximum operating capacity of any fire protection systemfor the storage area(s) over a minimum of 60 minutes.

E22.1PO22

The base of any tank with a WC >2,500L or kg is higherthan any relevant flood height level identified in an area’sflood hazard area. Alternatively:

Storage and handling areas, including manufacturingareas, containing hazardous chemicals in quantitiesgreater than 2,500L or kg within a Local Government“flood hazard area” are located and designed in a mannerto minimise the likelihood of inundation of flood watersfrom creeks, rivers, lakes or estuaries.

a. bulk tanks are anchored so they cannot float ifsubmerged or inundated by water; and

b. tank openings not provided with a liquid tight seal,i.e. an atmospheric vent, are extended above therelevant flood height level.

E22.2

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1898

6 Zones

Page 169: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The lowest point of any storage area for packages>2,500L or kg is higher than any relevant flood heightlevel identified in an area’s flood hazard area.Alternatively, package stores are provided withimpervious bund walls or racking systems higher thanthe relevant flood height level.

Emissions into Brisbane operational airspace

E23.1PO23

Development does not emit a gaseous plume into theairport’s operational airspace at a velocity exceeding4.3m per second.

Emissions do not significantly increase air turbulence,reduce visibility or compromise the operation of aircraftengines in Brisbane airport’s operational airspace.

Note - Refer to State Planning Policy December 2013 mapping toidentify Brisbane airport’s operational airspace E23.2

Development emitting smoke, dust, ash, steam or agaseous plume exceeding 4.3m per second is designedand constructed to mitigate adverse impacts of emissionsupon operational airspace.

Clearing of habitat trees where not located within the Environmental areas overlay map

No example provided.PO24

a. Development ensures that the biodiversity qualityand integrity of habitats is not adversely impactedupon but maintained and protected.

b. Development does not result in the net loss of faunahabitat. Where development does result in the lossof a habitat tree, development will providereplacement fauna nesting boxes at the followingrate of 1 nest box for every hollow removed. Wherehollows have not yet formed in trees > 80cm indiameter at 1.3m height, 3 nest boxes are requiredfor every habitat tree removed.

c. Development does not result in soil erosion or landdegradation or leave land exposed for anunreasonable period of time but is rehabilitated ina timely manner

Note: Further guidance on habitat trees is provided in Planningscheme policy - Environmental areas

Works criteria

Utilities

E25PO25

Development is connected to underground electricity.The development is connected to an existing reticulatedelectricity supply system approved by the relevant energyregulating authority.

1899Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 170: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO26

The development has access to telecommunications andbroadband services in accordance with current standards.

E27.1PO27

Where in a sewered area, the development is connectedto a reticulated sewerage network.

The development provides for the treatment and disposalof sewage and other waste water in a way that will notcause environmental harm or pose a risk to public health.

E27.2

Trade waste is pre-treated on-site prior to discharginginto the sewerage network.

E28PO28

Where in an existing connections area or a futureconnections area as detailed in the UnitywaterConnections Policy, the development is connected to the

The development is provided with an adequate andsustainable supply of potable (drinking and general usee.g. gardening, washing, fire fighting) water.

reticulated water supply system in accordance with theSouth East Queensland Water Supply and SewerageDesign and Construction Code and the relevant WaterService Association of Australia (WSAA) codes andstandards.

No example provided.PO29

The development is provided with constructed anddedicated road access.

Access

No example provided.PO30

Where required, access easements contain a drivewayand provision for services appropriate to the use. Theeasement covers all works associated with the accessin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

E31.1PO31

The development provides for the extension of the roadnetwork in the area in accordance with Council’s roadnetwork planning.

The layout of the development does not compromise:

a. the development of the road network in the area;b. the function or safety of the road network;c. the capacity of the road network.

E31.2Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy. The development does not compromise future road

widening of frontage roads in accordance with therelevant standard and Council’s road planning.

E31.3

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1900

6 Zones

Page 171: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The lot layout allows forward access to and from the site.

E32.1PO32

Site access and driveways are designed and located inaccordance with:

Safe access is provided for all vehicles required to accessthe site.

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1section 3; or

b. Where for a State-Controlled road, the SafeIntersection Sight Distance requirements inAustRoads and the appropriate IPWEAQ standarddrawings, or a copy of a Transport InfrastructureAct 1994, section 62 approval.

E32.2

Internal driveways and access ways are designed andconstructed in accordance with AS/NZS2890.1 ParkingFacilities – Off street car parking and the relevantstandards in Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - This includes queue lengths (refer to Schedule 8 Servicevehicle requirements), pavement widths and construction.

E32.3

Access driveways, manoeuvring areas and loadingfacilities provide for service vehicles listed in Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements for the relevant use. Theon-site manoeuvring is to be in accordance with Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements.

No example provided.PO33

Upgrade works (whether trunk or non-trunk) are providedwhere necessary to:

a. ensure the type or volume of traffic generated bythe development does not have a negative impacton the external road network;

b. ensure the orderly and efficient continuation of theactive transport network;

c. ensure the site frontage is constructed to a suitableurban standard generally in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - An Integrated Transport Assessment (ITA) may be requiredto demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated transport assessment forguidance on when an ITA is required. An ITA should be preparedin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment.

Note - The road network is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy.

1901Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 172: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - The primary and secondary active transport network ismapped on Overlay map - Active transport.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with c. of this performanceoutcome, site frontage works where in existing road reserve(non-trunk) are to be designed and constructed as follows:

i. Where the street is partially established to an urban standard,match the alignment of existing kerb and channel and providecarriageway widening and underground drainage whererequired; or

ii. Where the street is not established to an urban standard,prepare a design that demonstrates how the relevant featuresof the particular road as shown in the Planning scheme policy- Integrated Design can be achieved in the existing reserve.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for roadnetwork and active transport network design standards.

Stormwater

No example provided.PO34

Stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a pointof lawful discharge without causing nuisance orannoyance to any person, property or premises.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Note - A watercourse as defined in the Water Act may be acceptedas a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage discharge fromthe site does not increase the downstream flood levels during eventsup to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of +20mm may beaccepted on Council controlled land and road infrastructure. Noworsening is ensured when stormwater is discharged into acatchment that includes State Transport Infrastructure.

No example provided.PO35

Stormwater generated from the development does notcompromise the capacity of existing stormwaterinfrastructure downstream of the site.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

No example provided.PO36

Stormwater quality management systems are designedand constructed to minimise the environmental impactof stormwater discharge on surface and undergroundreceiving water quality and meet the design objectivesin Tables A and B in Appendix 2 of the SPP.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1902

6 Zones

Page 173: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - A stormwater management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified professional will be required in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management.

No example provided.PO37

Easements for drainage purposes are provided over:

a. stormwater pipes located in freehold land if the pipediameter exceeds 300mm;

b. overland flow paths where they cross more thanone property boundary.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Site works and construction management

No example provided.PO38

The site and any existing structures are maintained in atidy and safe condition.

E39.1PO39

Works incorporate temporary stormwater runoff, erosionand sediment controls and trash traps designed inaccordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning

All works on-site are managed to:

a. minimise as far as practicable, impacts on adjoiningor adjacent premises and the streetscape in regard Guidelines, Planning scheme policy - Stormwater

management and Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign, including but not limited to the following:

to erosion and sedimentation, dust, noise, safetyand light;

b. minimise as far as possible, impacts on the naturalenvironment; a. stormwater is not discharged to adjacent properties

in a manner that differs significantly frompre-existing conditions;

c. ensure stormwater discharge is managed in amanner that does not cause nuisance or annoyanceto any person or premises; b. stormwater discharged to adjoining and

downstream properties does not cause scour anderosion;

d. avoid adverse impacts on street trees and theircritical root zone.

c. stormwater discharge rates do not exceedpre-existing conditions;

d. the 10% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all temporary diversion drains; and

e. the 50% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all silt barriers and sedimentation basins.

E39.2

Stormwater runoff, erosion and sediment controls areconstructed prior to commencement of any clearing orearthworks and are maintained and adjusted asnecessary at all times to ensure their ongoingeffectiveness.

1903Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 174: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - The measures are adjusted on-site to maximise theireffectiveness.

E39.3

The completed earthworks area is stabilised using turf,established grass seeding, mulch or sprayed stabilisationtechniques to control erosion and sediment and dust fromleaving the property.

E39.4

Where works are proposed in proximity to an existingstreet tree, an inspection and a root management planis undertaken by a qualified arborist which demonstratesand ensures that no permanent damage is caused to thetree.

E40PO40

No dust emissions extend beyond the boundaries of thesite during soil disturbances and construction works.

Dust suppression measures are implemented during soildisturbances and construction works to protect nearbypremises from unreasonable dust impacts.

E41.1PO41

Construction traffic including contractor car parking iscontrolled in accordance with a traffic management plan,prepared in accordance with the Manual of UniformTraffic Control Devices (MUTCD) to ensure all trafficmovements to and from the site are safe.

All works on-site and the transportation of material to andfrom the site are managed to not negatively impact theexisting road network, the amenity of the surroundingarea or the streetscape.

Note - Where the amount of imported or exported material is greaterthan 50m3, a haulage route must be identified and approved byCouncil. E41.2

All contractor car parking is either provided on thedevelopment site, or on an alternative site in the generallocality which has been set aside for car parking.Contractors vehicles are generally not to be parked inexisting roads.

Note - A Traffic Management Plan may be required for the site inaccordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

E41.3

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s)as a result of construction processes associated with thesite are to be cleaned at all times.

E42PO42

At completion of construction all disturbed areas of thesite are to be:

All disturbed areas are rehabilitated at the completion ofconstruction.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1904

6 Zones

Page 175: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. topsoiled with a minimum compacted thickness offifty (50) millimetres;

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

b. grassed.

Note - These areas are to be maintained during any maintenanceperiod to maximise grass coverage from grass seeding of theseareas.

E43.1PO43

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarilyfenced or protected prior to and during developmentworks.

The clearing of vegetation on-site:

a. is limited to the area of infrastructure works, buildingareas and other necessary areas for the works; and

Note - No parking of vehicles of storage of machinery or goods isto occur in these areas during development works.

includes the removal of declared weeds and othermaterials which are detrimental to the intended useof the land;

b.

c. is disposed of in a manner which minimisesnuisance and annoyance to existing premises. E43.2

Disposal of materials is managed in one or more of thefollowing ways:

Note - No burning of cleared vegetation is permitted.

a. all cleared vegetation, declared weeds, stumps,rubbish, car bodies, scrap metal and the like areremoved and disposed of in a Council land fillfacility; or

b. all native vegetation with a diameter below 400mmis to be chipped and stored on-site.

Note - The chipped vegetation must be stored in an approvedlocation, preferably a park or public land.

No example provided.PO44

Any alteration or relocation in connection with or arisingfrom the development to any service, installation, plant,equipment or other item belonging to or under the controlof the telecommunications authority, electricity authorities,the Council or other person engaged in the provision ofpublic utility services is to be carried with the developmentand at no cost to Council.

Earthworks

E45.1PO45

All cut and fill batters are provided with appropriate scour,erosion protection and run-off control measures includingcatch drains at the top of batters and lined batter drainsas necessary.

On-site earthworks are designed to consider the visualand amenity impact as they relate to:

a. the natural topographical features of the site;b. short and long-term slope stability;c. soft or compressible foundation soils;

E45.2d. reactive soils;e. low density or potentially collapsing soils;

1905Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 176: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Stabilisation measures are provided, as necessary, toensure long-term stability and low maintenance of steeprock slopes and batters.

f. existing fill and soil contamination that may existon-site;

g. the stability and maintenance of steep rock slopesand batters;

h. excavation (cut) and fill and impacts on the amenityof adjoining lots (e.g. residential). E45.3

Inspection and certification of steep rock slopes andbatters is required by a suitably qualified and experiencedRPEQ.

Note - Filling or excavation works are to be completed within sixmonths of the commencement date.

E45.4

All filling or excavation is contained on-site.

E45.5

All fill placed on-site is:

a. limited to that required for the necessary approveduse;

b. clean and uncontaminated (i.e. no building waste,concrete, green waste or contaminated materialetc. is used as fill).

E45.6

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site inaccordance with AS3798.

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenanceand bonding procedures.

E46PO46

Any embankments more than 1.5 metres in height arestepped, terraced and landscaped.

Embankments are stepped, terraced and landscaped tonot adversely impact on the visual amenity of thesurrounding area.

Figure - Embankment

E47.1PO47

No filling or excavation is undertaken in an easementissued in favour of Council or a public sector entity.

Filling or excavation is undertaken in a manner that:

a. does not adversely impact on a Council or publicsector entity maintained infrastructure or anydrainage feature on, or adjacent to the land;

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

b. does not preclude reasonable access to a Councilor public sector entity maintained infrastructure or

E47.2

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1906

6 Zones

Page 177: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Filling or excavation that would result in any of thefollowing is not carried out on-site:

any drainage feature on, or adjacent to the land formonitoring, maintenance or replacement purposes.

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

a. a reduction in cover over any Council or publicsector entity infrastructure service to less than600mm;

b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within1.5m on each side of, the Council or public sectorentity infrastructure above that which existed priorto the earthworks being undertaken.

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

No example provided.PO48

Filling or excavation does not result in land instability.

Note - Steep rock slopes and batters are inspected and certified forlong-term stability by a suitably qualified and experiencedgeotechnical engineer with RPEQ qualifications. Stabilisationmeasures are provided, as necessary, to ensure long-term stabilityand low maintenance.

No example provided.PO49

Development does not result in

a. adverse impacts on the hydrological and hydrauliccapacity of the waterway or floodway;

b. increased flood inundation outside the site;c. any reduction in the flood storage capacity in the

floodway;d. and any clearing of native vegetation.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with this outcome, PlanningScheme Policy - Stormwater Management provides guidance onthe preparation of a site based stormwater management plan by asuitably qualified professional. Refer to Planning scheme policy -Integrated design for guidance on infrastructure design andmodellingrequirements.

Retaining walls and structures

E50PO50

Earth retaining structures:All earth retaining structures provide a positive interfacewith the streetscape andminimise impacts on the amenityof adjoining residents. a. are not constructed of boulder rocks or timber;

b. where height is no greater than 900mm, areprovided in accordance with Figure - Retaining ona boundary;

1907Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 178: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Figure - Retaining on boundary

c. where height is greater than 900mm but no greaterthan 1.5m, are to be setback at least the equivalentheight of the retaining structure from any propertyboundary;

d. where height is greater than 1.5m, are to be setbackand stepped 1.5m vertical: 1.5m horizontal,terraced, landscaped and drained as shown below.

Figure - Cut

Figure - Fill

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1908

6 Zones

Page 179: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Fire Services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

E51.1PO51

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to thestandard prescribed under the relevant parts ofAustralianStandard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

Development incorporates a fire fighting system that:

a. satisfies the reasonable needs of the fire fightingentity for the area;

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the followingare the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005) that may be applicable:

b. is appropriate for the size, shape and topographyof the development and its surrounds;

c. is compatible with the operational equipmentavailable to the fire fighting entity for the area; a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part

3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and theird. considers the fire hazard inherent in the materials

comprising the development and their proximity toone another;

associated outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrantsor suitably signposted in-ground hydrants would be anacceptable alternative;

e. considers the fire hazard inherent in the surroundsto the development site;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for firehydrants - Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well asAppendix B of AS 2419.1 (2005);f. is maintained in effective operating order.

c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and otherfacilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

Note - The Queensland Fire and Emergency Services is the entitycurrently providing the fire fighting function for the urban areas ofthe Moreton Bay Region.

i. for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrantcoverage need only extend to the roof and externalwalls of those buildings;

ii. for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need onlyextend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities,hydrant coverage is required across the entire area ofthe outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoorstorage facilities;

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearancerequirements - Part 3.5 and, where applicable, Part 3.6.

E51.2

1909Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 180: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

A continuous path of travel having the followingcharacteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant andhydrant booster point on the land:

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne

HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to

stand within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m ofeach hydrant booster point.

E51.3

On-site fire hydrant facilities are maintained in effectiveoperating order in a manner prescribed in AustralianStandard AS1851 (2012) – Routine service of fireprotection systems and equipment.

E52PO52

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings:

On-site fire hydrants that are external to buildings, aswell as the available fire fighting appliance access routesto those hydrants, can be readily identified at all timesfrom, or at, the vehicular entry point to the developmentsite.

a. those external hydrants can be seen from thevehicular entry point to the site; or

b. a sign identifying the following is provided at thevehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (toscale);

ii. internal road names (where used);

iii. all communal facilities (where provided);

iv. the reception area and on-site manager’soffice (where provided);

v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;

vi. physical constraints within the internalroadway system which would restrict accessby fire fighting appliances to external hydrantsand hydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1910

6 Zones

Page 181: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood,at all times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5m fromthe sign.

E53PO53

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings, those hydrants are identified byway of marker posts and raised reflective pavement

Each on-site fire hydrant that is external to a building issignposted in a way that enables it to be readily identifiedat all times by the occupants of any firefighting appliancetraversing the development site. markers in the manner prescribed in the technical note

Fire hydrant indication system produced by theQueensland Department of Transport and Main Roads.

Note - Technical note Fire hydrant indication system is available onthe website of the Queensland Department of Transport and MainRoads.

Use specific criteria

Industrial Land Uses

E54PO54

The combined area of ancillary non-industrial activities,including but not limited to administration and retailfunctions, does not exceed 10% of the GFA or 200m2,whichever is the lesser.

Ancillary office(53), administration functions, retail sales,showroom(78) and customer service components do notcompromise the primary use of the site or other industrialactivities in the precinct, or affect the viability, role orfunction of the region's centres network.

No example provided.PO55

High impact industry(34) uses maintain a minimumseparation of at least 500m from a sensitive land use.

Note - Separation distance is to be measured in a straight line, inaccordance with the State policy.

No example provided.PO56

Special industry(79) uses do not establish within therestricted industry precinct.

No example provided.PO57

Uses that can be readily accommodated within otherzones or precincts do not compromise the availability ofland within the restricted industry precinct.

Note - Low impact industry(42), Medium impact industry(47), Serviceindustry(73) and Warehouse(88) land uses are considered to beable to be readily accommodated within other precincts of theIndustry Zone.

Caretaker’s accommodation (10)

1911Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 182: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E58PO58

Caretaker's accommodation(10):Development of Caretaker's accommodation(10):

a. has a maximum GFA is 80m2;a. does not compromise the productivity of the useoccurring on-site and in the surrounding area;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway tothat of the industrial use;b. is domestic in scale;

c.c. provides a minimum 16m2 of private open spacedirectly accessible from a habitable room;

provides adequate car parking provisions exclusiveon the primary use of the site;

d. d.is safe for the residents; provides car parking in accordance with Schedule7 - Car parking.

e. has regard to the open space and recreation needsof the residents.

Sales office (72)

E59PO59

A Sales office(72) is located on the site for no longer than2 years.

Sales office(72) remain temporary in duration anddemonstrates a relationship to the land or buildings beingdisplayed or sold.

Major electricity infrastructure(43), Substation(80) and Utility installation(86)

E60.1PO60

Development is designed to minimise surrounding landuse conflicts by ensuring infrastructure, buildings,structures and other equipment:

The development does not have an adverse impact onthe visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;a. are enclosed within buildings or structures;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;b. are located behind the main building line;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;c. have a similar height, bulk and scale to the

surrounding fabric;d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

d. have horizontal and vertical articulation applied toall exterior walls.

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape; E60.2

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity; A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the outside of the fenced area, between thedevelopment and street frontage, side and rearboundaries.

h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.

E61PO61

Access control arrangements:Infrastructure does not have an impact on pedestrianhealth and safety.

a. do not create dead-ends or dark alleyways adjacentto the infrastructure;

b. minimise the number and width of crossovers andentry points;

c. provide safe vehicular access to the site;d. do not utilise barbed wire or razor wire.

E62PO62

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1912

6 Zones

Page 183: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

All equipment which produces audible or non-audiblesound is housed within a fully enclosed buildingincorporating sound control measures sufficient to ensurenoise emissions meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility:

a. generates no audible sound at the site boundarieswhere in a residential setting; or

b. meet the objectives as set out in the EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Telecommunications facility (81)

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities (81)must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

E63.1PO63

New telecommunication facilities(81) are co-located onexisting towers with new equipment shelter andassociated structures positioned adjacent to the existingshelters and structures.

Telecommunications facilities(81) are co-located withexisting telecommunications facilities(81), Utilityinstallation(86), Major electricity infrastructure(43) orSubstation(80) if there is already a facility in the samecoverage area.

E63.2

If not co-located with an existing facility, all co-locationopportunities have been investigated and fully exhaustedwithin a 2km radius of the site.

E64PO64

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allowfor additional equipment shelters and associatedstructures for the purpose of co-locating on the proposedfacility.

A new Telecommunications facility(81) is designed andconstructed to ensure co-masting or co-siting with othercarriers both on the tower or pole and at ground level ispossible in the future.

E65PO65

The development results in no net reduction in theminimum quantity and standard of landscaping, privateor communal open space or car parking spaces requiredunder the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

Telecommunications facilities(81) do not conflict with lawfulexisting land uses both on and adjoining the site.

E66.1PO66

Where in an urban area, the development does notprotrude more than 5m above the level of the existingtreeline, prominent ridgeline or building rooftops in thesurrounding townscape.

The Telecommunications facility(81) does not have anadverse impact on the visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;

E66.2d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

In all other areas towers do not exceed 35m in height.

E66.3

1913Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 184: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Towers, equipment shelters and associated structuresare of a design, colour and material to:

f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape;

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;a. reduce recognition in the landscape;h. landscaped;b. reduce glare and reflectivity.i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.E66.4

All structures and buildings are setback behind the mainbuilding line and a minimum of 10m from side and rearboundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractiveindustry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is3m.

Where there is no established building line the facility islocated at the rear of the site.

E66.5

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by othermeans to ensure public access is prohibited.

E66.6

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the perimeter of the fenced area, between thefacility and street frontage and adjoining uses.

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, preparedby a suitably qualified person, to ensure compliance with Planningscheme policy - Integrated design.

E67PO67

An Access and Landscape Plan demonstrates how 24hour vehicular access will be obtained and maintainedto the facility in a manner that is appropriate to the site’scontext.

Lawful access is maintained to the site at all times thatdoes not alter the amenity of the landscape orsurrounding uses.

E68PO68

All equipment comprising the Telecommunicationsfacility(81) which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporating

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility generates no audible sound at the siteboundaries where in a residential setting. sound control measures sufficient to ensure no noise

from this equipment can be heard, or felt at the siteboundary.

Values and constraints criteria

Note - The relevant values and constraints criteria do not apply where the development is consistent with a current Developmentpermit for Reconfiguring a lot or Material change of use or Operational work, where that approval has considered and addressed(e.g. through a development footprint plan (or similar in the case of Landslide hazard) or conditions of approval) the identifiedvalue or constraint under this planning scheme.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1914

6 Zones

Page 185: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome, an Acid sulfate soils (ASS) investigation report and soil management plan

is prepared by a qualified engineer. Guidance for the preparation an ASS investigation report and soil management plan is provided in

Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils.

E69PO69

Development does not involve:Development avoids disturbing acid sulfate soils. Wheredevelopment disturbs acid sulfate soils, development:

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than100m3 of soil or sediment where below than 5mAustralian Height datum AHD; or

a. is managed to avoid or minimise the release ofsurface or groundwater flows containing acid andmetal contaminants into the environment; b. filling of land of more than 500m3 of material with

an average depth of 0.5m or greater where belowthe 5m Australian Height datum AHD.

b. protects the environmental and ecological valuesand health of receiving waters;

c. protects buildings and infrastructure from the effectsof acid sulfate soils.

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this criteria primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), matters of stateenvironmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES is defined inSchedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix 1 of thePlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

1915Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 186: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Vegetation clearing, ecological value and connectivity

No example provided.PO70

Development avoids locating in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where it is not practicable orreasonable for development to avoid establishing in theseareas, development must ensure that:

a. the quality and integrity of the biodiversity andecological values inherent to a High Value Areaand a Value Offset Area is maintained and not lostor degraded;

b. on-site mitigation measures, mechanisms orprocesses are in place demonstrating the qualityand integrity of the biodiversity and ecologicalvalues inherent to a High Value Area and a ValueOffset Area are maintained. For example, this canbe achieved through replacement, restoration orrehabilitation planting as part of any proposedcovenant, the development of a VegetationManagement Plan, a Fauna Management Plan,and any other on-site mitigation options identifiedin the Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas*.

* Editor's note - This is not a requirement for an environmental offsetunder the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

No example provided.PO71

Development provides for safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and establishes andmaintains habitat connectivity by:

a. retaining habitat trees;b. providing contiguous patches of habitat;c. provide replacement and rehabilitation planting to

improve connectivity;d. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;e. providing wildlife movement infrastructure.

Editor's note - Wildlife movement infrastructure may include refugepoles, tree boulevarding, ‘stepping stone’ vegetation plantings,tunnels, appropriate wildlife fencing; culverts with ledges,underpasses, overpasses, land bridges and rope bridges. Furtherinformation is provided in Planning scheme policy – Environmentalareas.

Vegetation clearing and habitat protection

No example provided.PO72

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1916

6 Zones

Page 187: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development ensures that the biodiversity quality andintegrity of habitats is not adversely impacted upon butmaintained and protected.

No example provided.PO73

Development does not result in the net loss ordegradation of habitat value in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where development does result inthe loss or degradation of habitat value, developmentwill:

a. rehabilitate, revegetate, restore and enhance anarea to ensure it continues to function as a viableand healthy habitat area;

b. provide replacement fauna nesting boxes in theevent of habitat tree loss in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas;

c. undertake rehabilitation, revegetation andrestoration in accordance with the South EastQueensland Ecological Restoration Framework.

No example provided.PO74

Development ensures safe, unimpeded, convenient andongoing wildlife movement and habitat connectivity by:

a. providing contiguous patches of habitat;b. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;c. providing wildlife movement infrastructure;d. providing replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity.

Vegetation clearing and soil resource stability

No example provided.PO75

Development does not:

a. result in soil erosion or land degradation;b. leave cleared land exposed for an unreasonable

period of time but is rehabilitated in a timely manner.

Vegetation clearing and water quality

No example provided.PO76

Development maintains or improves the quality ofgroundwater and surface water within, and downstream,of a site by:

a. ensuring an effective vegetated buffers andsetbacks from waterbodies is retained to achievenatural filtration and reduce sediment loads;

b. avoiding or minimising changes to landforms tomaintain hydrological water flows;

c. adopting suitable measures to exclude livestockfrom entering a waterbody where a site is being

1917Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 188: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

used for animal husbandry(4) and animal keeping(5)

activities.

No example provided.PO77

Development minimises adverse impacts of stormwaterrun-off on water quality by:

a. minimising flow velocity to reduce erosion;b. minimising hard surface areas;c. maximising the use of permeable surfaces;d. incorporating sediment retention devices;e. minimising channelled flow.

Vegetation clearing and access, edge effects and urban heat island effects

No example provided.PO78

Development retains safe and convenient public accessin a manner that does not result in the adverse edgeeffects or the loss or degradation of biodiversity valueswithin the environment.

No example provided.PO79

Development minimises potential adverse ‘edge effects’on ecological values by:

a. providing dense planting buffers of native vegetationbetween a development and environmental areas;

b. retaining patches of native vegetation of greatestpossible size where located between a developmentand environmental areas ;

c. restoring, rehabilitating and increasing the size ofexisting patches of native vegetation;

d. ensuring that buildings and access (public andvehicle) are setback as far as possible fromenvironmental areas and corridors;

e. landscaping with native plants of local origin.

Editor's note - Edge effects are factors of development that go todetrimentally affecting the composition and density of naturalpopulations at the fringe of natural areas. Factors include weedinvasion, pets, public and vehicle access, nutrient loads, noise andlight pollution, increased fire frequency and changes in thegroundwater and surface water flow.

No example provided.PO80

Development avoids adverse microclimate change anddoes not result in increased urban heat island effects.Adverse urban heat island effects are minimised by:

a. pervious surfaces;b. providing deeply planted vegetation buffers and

green linkage opportunities;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1918

6 Zones

Page 189: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. landscaping with local native plant species toachieve well-shaded urban places;

d. increasing the service extent of the urban forestcanopy.

Vegetation clearing and Matters of Local Environmental Significance (MLES) environmental offsets

No example provided.PO81

Where development results in the unavoidable loss ofnative vegetation within a Value Offset Area MLESwaterway buffer or a Value Offset Area MLES wetlandbuffer, an environmental offset is required in accordancewith the environmental offset requirements identified inPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editor's note - For MSES Koala Offsets, the environmental offsetprovisions in schedule 11 of the Regulation, in combination with therequirements of the Environmental Offset Act 2014, apply.

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of heritage performance outcomes, a Cultural heritage impact assessment report is preparedby a suitably qualified person verifying the proposed development is in accordance with The Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter.

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of this performance outcome, a Tree assessment report is prepared by a qualified arborist inaccordance with Planning scheme policy – Heritage and landscape character. The Tree assessment report will also detail the measuresadopted in accordance with AS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites.

Note - Places, including sites, objects and buildings having local cultural heritage significance, are identified on Overlay map - Heritage andlandscape character and listed in Schedule 1 of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Places also having culturalheritage significance at a State level and being entered in the Queensland Heritage Register, are also identified in Schedule 1 of Planningscheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

E82PO82

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repairand restoration of a site, object or building of culturalheritage value.

Development will:

a. not diminish or cause irreversible damage to thecultural heritage values present on the site, andassociated with a heritage site, object or building; Note - A cultural heritage conservation management plan for the

preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of a site, objectb. protect the fabric and setting of the heritage site,object or building; or building of cultural heritage value is prepared in accordance with

Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Thec. be consistent with the form, scale and style of theheritage site, object or building;

plan is sent to, and approved by Council prior to the commencementof any preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works.

d. utilise similar materials to those existing, or wherethis is not reasonable or practicable, neutralmaterials and finishes;

e. incorporate complementary elements, detailing andornamentation to those present on the heritage site,object or building;

f. retain public access where this is currently provided.

No example provided.PO83

Demolition and removal is only considered where:

1919Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 190: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. a report prepared by a suitably qualifiedconservation architect or conservation engineerdemonstrates that the building is structurallyunsound and is not reasonably capable of economicrepair; or

b. demolition is confined to the removal ofoutbuildings, extensions and alterations that arenot part of the original structure; or

c. limited demolition is performed in the course ofrepairs, maintenance or restoration; or

d. demolition is performed following a catastrophicevent which substantially destroys the building orobject.

No example provided.PO84

Where development is occurring on land adjoining a siteof cultural heritage value, the development is to besympathetic to and consistent with the cultural heritagevalues present on the site and not result in their valuesbeing eroded, degraded or unreasonably obscured frompublic view.

E85PO85

Development does:Development does not adversely impact upon the healthand vitality of significant trees. Where developmentoccurs in proximity to a significant tree, construction a. not result in the removal of a significant tree;

b. not occur within 20m of a protected tree;measures and techniques as detailed in AS 4970-2009Protection of trees on development sites are adopted toensure a significant tree's health, wellbeing and vitality.

c. involve pruning of a tree in accordance withAustralian Standard AS 4373-2007 – Pruning ofAmenity Trees.

Significant trees are only removed where they are in apoor state of health or where they pose a health andsafety risk to persons or property. A Tree Assessmentreport prepared by a suitably qualified arborist confirminga tree's state of health is required to demonstrateachievement of this performance outcome.

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - The applicable river and creek flood planning levels associated with defined flood event (DFE) within the inundation area can beobtained by requesting a flood check property report from Council.

No example provided.PO86

Development:

a. minimises the risk to persons from overland flow;b. does not increase the potential for damage from

overland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public land, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

No example provided.PO87

Development:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1920

6 Zones

Page 191: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. maintains the conveyance of overland flowpredominantly unimpeded through the premises forany event up to and including the 1% AEP for thefully developed upstream catchment;

b. does not concentrate, intensify or divert overlandflow onto an upstream, downstream or surroundingproperty.

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow.

No example provided.PO88

Development does not:

a. directly, indirectly or cumulatively cause anyincrease in overland flow velocity or level;

b. increase the potential for flood damage fromoverland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public lands, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

Note - Open concrete drains greater than 1m in width are not anacceptable outcome, nor are any other design options that mayincrease scouring.

E89PO89

Development ensures that a hazardous chemical is notlocated or stored in an Overland flow path area.

Development ensures that public safety and the risk tothe environment are not adversely affected by adetrimental impact of overland flow on a hazardouschemical located or stored on the premises. Note - Refer to theWork Health and Safety Act 2011 and associated

Regulation and Guidelines, the Environmental Protection Act 1994and the relevant building assessment provisions under the BuildingAct 1975 for requirements related to the manufacture and storageof hazardous substances.

E90PO90

Development which is not in a Rural zone that anoverland flow paths and drainage infrastructure isprovided to convey overland flow from a road or publicopen space area away from a private lot.

Development which is not in a Rural zone ensures thatoverland flow is not conveyed from a road or public openspace onto a private lot.

E91.1PO91

Development ensures that roof and allotment drainageinfrastructure is provided in accordance with the followingrelevant level as identified in QUDM:

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure, overland flow paths and open drainsthrough private property cater for overland flows for afully developed upstream catchment and are able to beeasily maintained. a. Urban area – Level III;

b. Rural area – N/A;

1921Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 192: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the development

c. Industrial area – Level V;d. Commercial area – Level V.

does not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises. E91.2

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure is designed to accommodate any event upto and including the 1% AEP for the fully developedupstream catchment.

No example provided.PO92

Development protects the conveyance of overland flowsuch that an easement for drainage purposes is providedover:

a. a stormwater pipe if the nominal pipe diameterexceeds 300mm;

b. an overland flow path where it crosses more thanone premises;

c. inter-allotment drainage infrastructure.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for detailsand examples.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Additional criteria for development for a Park(57)

E93PO93

Development for a Park(57) ensures works are providedin accordance with the requirements set out in AppendixB of the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Development for a Park(57) ensures that the design andlayout responds to the nature of the overland flowaffecting the premises such that:

a. public benefit and enjoyment is maximised;

b. impacts on the asset life and integrity of parkstructures is minimised;

c. maintenance and replacement costs are minimised.

Riparian and wetland setbacks

E94PO94

Development does not occur within:Development provides and maintains a suitable setbackfrom waterways and wetlands that protects natural andenvironmental values. This is achieved by recognisingand responding to the following matters:

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway anddrainage line

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway anddrainage line

a. impact on fauna habitats;

b. impact on wildlife corridors and connectivity;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1922

6 Zones

Page 193: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway anddrainage line

c. impact on stream integrity;

d. impact of opportunities for revegetation andrehabilitation planting; d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50m

from all other wetlands.e. edge effects.

Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlandsare mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparianand wetland setbacks.

1923Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 194: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

6.2.7.5 Marine industry precinct

6.2.7.5.1 Purpose - Marine industry precinct

1. The purpose of the code will be achieved through the following overall outcomes for the Marine Industry Precinct:

a. Development in the precinct supports the continued viability of waterfront-based industry in the region,through the co-location of Port services(61), Marine industry(45) and related activities which support industryand its supply chain.

b. Development in the precinct avoids land-use activities which:

i. compromise or sterilise existing or future waterfront based industrial activities in the precinct;

ii. undermine the investment made in waterfront and marine infrastructure, including marinas and accessroads;

iii. occupy large land areas and do not require waterfront access.

c. Development for non-industrial uses including Caretaker's accommodation(10), Food and drink outlets(28)

and community activities may be established in the precinct where they require access to a navigablewaterway or provide support or complementary services to maritime activities.

d. The scale, character and built form of development has a high standard of commercial and industrial designwhich reflects themaritime character of the precinct and incorporates crime prevention through environmentaldesign (CPTED) principles.

e. Development is located, designed andmanaged to maintain the health and safety of people, avoid significantadverse effects on the natural environment and minimise the possibility of adverse impacts on nearbynon-industrial uses.

f. Development has access to infrastructure and essential services and convenient access to major transportroutes.

g. Sensitive land uses in the precinct do not compromise existing or future industrial activities.

h. Special industry(79) does not establish within the precinct.

i. Service industry, Warehouse(88), Low impact industry(42) and Medium impact industry(47) uses only occurin the precinct where:

i. there is a direct nexus with maritime activities occurring in the precinct;

ii. Involvingmanufacturing, repair, processing, storage or maintenance activities associated with watercraftor seafood;

iii. appropriate separation distances are maintained to sensitive land uses.

j. Built form including height of buildings used for the storage or repair of medium to large scale vesselscontribute to a high standard of amenity and are sensitively located to minimise any adverse impacts onadjoining properties.

k. Development incorporates best practice responses to the environmental constraints and values of it'slocation adjacent to coastal areas and waterways.

l. Development does not compromise the safe and efficient operation of adjacent waterways.

m. Development in the Scarborough Harbour:

i. incorporates a range of waterfront industrial and related commercial activities which support thecontinued growth of the harbour;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1924

6 Zones

Page 195: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

ii. may include activities which do not require waterfront access or have a nexus with Marine industry(45),only where these activities enhance the competitive advantage of the Marine industry(45) cluster andensure the area is an attractive place to work and do business;

iii. may only incorporate sensitive land uses where these uses are appropriately separated from existingand future industrial activities and do not compromise the long-term development of the harbour.

n. General works associated with the development achieves the following:

i. new development is provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current andfuture needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications andreticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

ii. the development manages stormwater to:

A. ensure the discharge of stormwater does not adversely affect the quality, environmental valuesor ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the externalroad network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or

adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

o. Activities associated with the use do not cause a nuisance by way of aerosols, fumes, light, noise, odour,particles or smoke.

p. Noise generating uses are designed, sited and constructed to minimise the transmission of noise toappropriate levels and do not cause environmental harm or nuisance.

q. Noise sensitive uses are designed, sited and constructed so as not to be subject to unacceptable levelsof noise.

r. Development avoids areas subject to constraint, limitation, or environmental value. Where developmentcannot avoid these identified areas, it responds by:

i. adopting a 'least risk, least impact' approach when designing, siting and locating development in anyarea subject to a constraint, limitation or environmental value to minimise the potential risk to people,property and the environment;

ii. ensuring no further instability, erosion or degradation of the land, water or soil resource;iii. when located within a Water buffer area, complying with the Water Quality Vision and Objectives

contained in the Seqwater Development Guidelines: Development Guidelines for Water QualityManagement in Drinking Water Catchments 2012.

iv. maintaining, restoring and rehabilitating environmental values, including natural, ecological, biological,aquatic, hydrological and amenity values, and enhancing these values through the provision of plantingand landscaping, and facilitating safe wildlife movement and connectivity through:

A. the provision of replacement, restoration, rehabilitation planting and landscaping;B. the location, design and management of development to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on

ecological systems and processes;C. the requiring of environmental offsets in accordance with the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

v. protecting native species and protecting and enhancing species habitat;vi. protecting and preserving the natural, aesthetic, architectural historic and cultural values of significant

trees, places, objects and buildings of heritage and cultural significance;vii. establishing effective separation distances, buffers and mitigation measures associated with identified

infrastructure to minimise adverse effects on sensitive land uses from odour, noise, dust and othernuisance generating activities;

1925Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 196: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

viii. establishing, maintaining and protecting appropriate buffers to waterways, wetlands, native vegetationand significant fauna habitat;

ix. ensuring it promotes and does not undermine the ongoing viability, integrity, operation, maintenanceand safety of identified infrastructure;

x. ensuring effective and efficient disaster management response and recovery capabilities;xi. where located in an overland flow path:

A. development siting, built form, layout and access responds to the risk presented by the overlandflow and minimises risk to personal safety;

B. development is resilient to the impacts of overland flow by ensuring the siting and design accountsfor the potential risks to property associated with the overland flow;

C. development does not impact on the conveyance of the overland flow for any event up to andincluding the 1% AEP for the fully developed upstream catchment;

D. development directly, indirectly and cumulatively avoid an increase in the severity of overlandflow and potential for damage on the premises or other premises, public lands, watercourses,roads or infrastructure.

s. Development in the Marine industry precinct includes one or more of the following:

Marine industry(45)Environment facility(26)Aquaculture(6) -if in abuilding

Port services(61)Food and drink outlet(28) -if a maximum GFA of100m2

Caretaker’saccommodation(10) Sales office(72)

Landing(41)Emergency services(25)

t. Development in the Marine industry precinct does not include any of the following:

Parking station(58)Extractive industry(27)Adult store(1)

Agricultural supplies store(2) Permanent plantation(59)Function facility(29)

Funeral parlour(30)Air services(3) - if not inScarborough Harbour

Place of worship(60)

Relocatable home park(62)Garden centre(31)

Animal husbandry(4)Renewable energy facility(63)Health care services(33)

Animal keeping(5)Residential care facility(65)Hospital(36)

Bar(7)Resort complex(66)Hotel(37)

Brothel(8)Retirement facility(67)Indoor sport and

recreation(38)Cemetery(12)Roadside stall(68)

Intensive animal industry(39)Child care centre(13)Rooming accommodation(69)

Intensive horticulture(40)Club(14) - if not inScarborough Harbour Rural industry(70)

Major electricityinfrastructure(43) Rural workers'

accommodation(71)Community care centre(15)

Major sport, recreation andentertainment facility(44)

Community residence(16)Shopping centre

Community use(17)

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1926

6 Zones

Page 197: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Short-termaccommodation(77) - if not inScarborough Harbour

Motor sport facility(48)Crematorium(18)

Cropping(19) Multiple dwelling(49)

Nature-based tourism(50)Detention facility(20) Showroom(78)

Non-resident workforceaccommodation

Dual occupancy(21) Special industry(79)

Dwelling house(22) Theatre(82)Nightclub entertainmentfacility(51)Dwelling unit(23) Tourist park(84)

Educationalestablishment(24)

Veterinary services(87)Office(53)

Outdoor sport andrecreation(55)

Wholesale nursery(89)

Winery(90)

u. Development not listed above may be considered on its merits and where it reflects and supports theoutcomes of the precinct.

6.2.7.5.2 Criteria for assessable development

Where development is categorised as assessable development - code assessment in the Table of Assessment, andlocated in a precinct, the assessment benchmarks are the criteria set out in Part F, Table 6.2.7.5.1 as well as thepurpose statement and overall outcomes of this code.

Where development is categorised as assessable development - impact assessment, the assessment benchmarksbecome the whole of the planning scheme.

Part F—Criteria for assessable development - Marine industry precinct

Table 6.2.7.5.1 Assessable development - Marine industry precinct

Examples that achieve aspects of the PerformanceOutcomes

Performance outcomes

General criteria

Development in the Marine industry precinct generally

No example provided.PO1

Development in the precinct is for marine-based industrialactivities or commercial activities which have a directnexus with maritime activities in the precinct.

E2PO2

Development does not obstruct existing public accessto boat launching facilities.

Development does not compromise the role ofScarborough harbour providing public facilities for boatlaunching and access to deep water.

No example provided.PO3

1927Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 198: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Watercraft traffic generated by the development remainswithin the capacity of the adjacent waterways and andnavigational facilities.

Site cover

No example provided.PO4

Site cover is limited to a proportion of a site that ensures:

a. A sufficient number and type of vehicle parkingspaces are provided on the site to meet the parkingdemands and expectations of the proposed use;

b. Any type of vehicle expected to visit the site on aregular basis is able to access and leave the sitein a forward direction with clear manoeuvring onthe site;

c. setbacks to boundaries maximise the efficient useof the site while ensuring positive interfaces withpublic space or sensitive land uses;

d. Areas of landscaping are provided to soften thebuilt form and hard stand impacts of developmentwhilst providing areas of natural space on a site.

Building height

E5PO5

Building height does not exceed the maximum heightidentified on Overlay map - Building heights.

The height of buildings is in keeping with the predominantmarine industrial character of the precinct and does notcause adverse amenity impacts on sensitive land usesand zones.

Setbacks

E6PO6

Buildings maintain a minimum setback of :Street boundary setbacks:

a. 6m to the street frontage (other than the BruceHighway);

a. minimise building bulk and visual dominance fromthe street;

b. b.provide areas for landscaping at the front of thesite;

3m to the secondary street frontage;

c. 10m to a boundary adjoining the Bruce Highway.c. allow for customer parking to be located at the front

of the building.

E7PO7

Buildings are setback 4m from the waters edge,measured from the top edge of bank.

Building setbacks allow access to the waterway and donot compromise future marine industries and portservices from accessing the waters edge.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1928

6 Zones

Page 199: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E8PO8

Where a development adjoins general residential zonedland, the building is setback a minimum of 3m from theproperty boundary with dense landscaping installed alongthe boundary to provide screening of the developmentwith a mature height of at least 3m.

Side and rear boundary setbacksmaintain views, privacy,access to natural light and the visual amenity of adjoiningsensitive land uses.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetermining acceptable levels of landscaping for screening purposes.

Building appearance and design

No example provided.PO9

Buildings on highly visible sites incorporate a highstandard of industrial design and construction, whichadds visual interest to the streetscape and reduces theperceived bulk of the building from the street.

Staff recreation

E10PO10

Where the nature of the activities on-site do not allowstaff to eat in their work environment, the developmentprovides an on-site recreation area for staff that:

Staff are provided with adequate and amendablebreak/dining facilities to suit the nature of the activitieson-site.

a. Includes adequate seating, tables and rubbish binsfor the number of staff on-site;

b. is adequately protected from the weather;

c. is safely accessible to all staff;

d. is separate and private from public areas;

e. is located away from a noisy or odorous activity.

Landscaping

E11PO11

Landscaping is provided and maintained in accordancewith Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Landscaping is provided to:

a. visually soften the built form, areas of hardstand,storage areas andmechanical plant associated withthe on-site processes;

b. complement the existing or desired streetscape;

c. minimise the impact of industrial development onadjoining lots not zoned for industrial purposes.

Fencing

E12PO12

1929Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 200: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Where fencing is provided on the street frontage, fencesections between columns or posts have a minimumtransparency of 70% spread evenly across its totalsurface area.

The provision of fencing on street frontages does notdominate the street or create safety issues.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

Public access

E13.1PO13

Pedestrian linkages are provided from the street andcustomer car parking areas directly to the main entranceof the building.

The use has safe, clearly identifiable public accessseparated from service and parking areas.

Note - The following example illustrates an acceptable designresponse to this outcome.

E13.2

The public access is separated from industrial serviceareas.

Car parking

E14PO14

Car parking is provided in accordance with Schedule 7- Car parking.

Car parking is provided on-site to meet the anticipateddemand for employees and visitors and avoid adverseimpacts on the external road network.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1930

6 Zones

Page 201: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment for guidance on how to achieve compliance with thisoutcome.

E15PO15

All car parking areas are designed and constructed inaccordance with Australian Standard AS2890.1.

The design of car parking areas:

a. does not impact on the safety of the external roadnetwork;

b. ensures the safety of pedestrians at all times;

c. ensures the safe movement of vehicles within thesite.

Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities

Note - Building work to which this code applies constitutes Major Development for purposes of development requirements for end of tripfacilities prescribed in the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1.

E16.1PO16

Minimum bicycle parking facilities are provided at a rateof 1 bicycle parking space for every 3 vehicles parkingspaces required by Schedule 7 – Car parking.

a. End of trip facilities are provided for employees oroccupants, in the building or on-site within areasonable walking distance, and include:

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levels

i. adequate bicycle parking and storagefacilities; and

identified in those acceptable solutions. This example is aii. adequate provision for securing belongings;and combination of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in the

Queensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

iii. change rooms that include adequate showers,sanitary compartments, wash basins andmirrors. E16.2

Bicycle parking is:b. Notwithstanding a. there is no requirement to

provide end of trip facilities if it would beunreasonable to provide these facilities havingregard to:

a. provided in accordance with Austroads (2008),Guide to Traffic Management - Part 11: Parking;

b. protected from the weather by its location or adedicated roof structure;i. the projected population growth and forward

planning for road upgrading and developmentof cycle paths; or c. located within the building or in a dedicated, secure

structure for residents and staff;ii. whether it would be practical to commute to

and from the building on a bicycle, havingregard to the likely commute distances andnature of the terrain; or

d. adjacent to building entrances or in public areas forcustomers and visitors.

Note - Bicycle parking structures are to be constructed to thestandards prescribed in AS2890.3.

iii. the condition of the road and the nature andamount of traffic potentially affecting the safetyof commuters.

Note - Bicycle parking and end of trip facilities provided for residentialand non-residential activities may be pooled, provided they are within100 metres of the entrance to the building.

1931Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 202: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Editor's note - The intent of b above is to ensure the requirementsfor bicycle parking and end of trip facilities are not applied inunreasonable circumstances. For example these requirementsshould not, and do not apply in the Rural zone or the Rural residentialzone etc.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.Editor's note - This performance outcome is the same as the

Performance Requirement prescribed for end of trip facilities underthe Queensland Development Code. For development incorporatingbuilding work, that Queensland Development Code performance

E16.3requirement cannot be altered by a local planning instrument andhas been reproduced here solely for information purposes. Council’s

For non-residential uses, storage lockers:assessment in its building work concurrence agency role for end oftrip facilities will be against the performance requirement in theQueensland Development Code. As it is subject to change at any a. are provide at a rate of 1.6 per bicycle parking

space (rounded up to the nearest whole number);time, applicants for development incorporating building work shouldensure that proposals that do not comply with the examples underthis heading meet the current performance requirement prescribedin the Queensland Development Code. b. have minimum dimensions of 900mm (height) x

300mm (width) x 450mm (depth).

Note - Storage lockers may be pooled across multiple sites andactivities when within 100 metres of the entrance to the building andwithin 50 metres of bicycle parking and storage facilities.

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

E16.4

For non-residential uses, changing rooms:

a. are provided at a rate of 1 per 10 bicycle parkingspaces;

b. are fitted with a lockable door or otherwise screenedfrom public view;

c. are provided with shower(s), sanitarycompartment(s) and wash basin(s) in accordancewith the table below:

Washbasinsrequired

Sanitarycompartmentsrequired

Showersrequired

Changeroomsrequired

Male/Female

Bicyclespacesprovided

11 closet pan11 unisexchangeroom

Maleandfemale

1-5

11 closet pan11Female6-19

11 closet pan11Male20 ormore

1, plus 1 forevery 60

2 closet pans,plus 1 sanitary

2, plus 1for every

1Female

bicyclecompartment for20 bicycleparkingevery 60 bicyclespacesspacesparking spacesprovided

thereafter providedthereafter

providedthereafter

1, plus 1 forevery 60

1 urinal and 1closet pans, plus

2, plus 1for every

1Male

bicycle1 sanitary20 bicycleparkingcompartment atspaces

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1932

6 Zones

Page 203: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

providedthereafter

spacesprovidedthereafter

the rate of 1closet pan or 1urinal for every 60bicycle spaceprovidedthereafter

Note - All showers have a minimum 3-star Water Efficiency Labellingand Standards (WELS) rating shower head.

Note - All sanitary compartments are constructed in compliance withF2.3 (e) and F2.5 of BCA (Volume 1).

d. are provided with:

i. a mirror located above each wash basin;ii. a hook and bench seating within each shower

compartment;iii. a socket-outlet located adjacent to each wash

basin.

Note - Change roomsmay be pooled acrossmultiple sites, residentialand non-residential activities when within 100 metres of the entranceto the building and within 50 metres of bicycle parking and storagefacilities

Editor's note - The examples for end of trip facilities prescribed underthe Queensland Development Code permit a local planninginstrument to prescribe facility levels higher than the default levelsidentified in those acceptable solutions. This example is anamalgamation of the default levels set for end of trip facilities in theQueensland Development Code and the additional facilities requiredby Council.

Loading and servicing

No example provided.PO17

Service areas, including loading/unloading facilities, plantareas and outdoor storage areas, are screened from thedirect view from land not included in the Industry zoneand sub-arterial and arterial roads.

Note - If landscaping is proposed for screening purposes, refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design for determiningacceptable levels.

Waste

No example provided.PO18

Bins and bin storage area/s are provided, designed andmanaged in accordance with Planning scheme policy –Waste.

Environmental impacts

E19PO19

1933Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 204: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development achieves the standard listed in Schedule1 Air Quality Objectives, Environmental Protection (Air)Policy 2008.

Where a use is not an environmentally relevant activityunder the Environmental Protection Act, the release ofany containment that may cause environmental harm ismitigated to an acceptable level.

E20.1PO20

The development does not discharge pollutants intoadjacent waterways.

Development does not adversely impact surroundingecological system features, including:

a. Water quality;E20.2b. Air quality;

c. Soil quality; The development does not cause an environmentalnuisance or harm to marine habitat.d. Disturbance to marine habitat.

E20.3

Where involving a marina, the development is capableof providing sewer facilities for the disposal of sewage,liquid waste and contaminated bilge water.

Lighting

E21PO21

Artificial lighting on-site is directed and shielded in sucha manner as not to exceed the recommended maximumvalues of light technical parameters for the control of

Lighting is directed and shielded to not causeunreasonable disturbance to any person on adjoiningland.

obtrusive light given in Table 2.1 of Australian StandardAS 4282 (1997) Control of Obtrusive Effects of OutdoorLighting.

Note - “Curfewed hours” are taken to be those hours between 10pmand 7am on the following day

Noise

No example provided.PO22

Noise generating uses do not adversely affect existingnoise sensitive uses.

Note - The use of walls, barriers or fences that are visible from oradjoin a road or public area are not appropriate noise attenuationmeasures unless adjoining a motorway, arterial road or rail line.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

E23.1PO23

Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined inthe Planning Scheme Policy – Noise.

Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriateacoustic environment within designated external privateoutdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1934

6 Zones

Page 205: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E23.2a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces,through maintaining high levels of surveillance of

Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers orfences):

parks, streets and roads that serve active transportpurposes (e.g. existing or future pedestrian pathsor cycle lanes etc);

a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public areaunless:

b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.

Note - A noise impact assessment may be required to demonstratecompliance with this PO. Noise impact assessments are to beprepared in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Noise.

i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; orii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does not

serve an existing or future active transportpurpose (e.g. pedestrian paths or cycle lanes)

Note - Refer to Planning Scheme Policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

or where attenuation through building locationand materials is not possible.

b. do not remove existing or prevent future activetransport routes or connections to the streetnetwork;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped inaccordance with Planning scheme policy -Integrated design.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy – Integrated design fordetails and examples of noise attenuation structures.

Note - Refer to Overlay map – Active transport for future activetransport routes.

Emissions into Brisbane operational airspace

E24.1PO24

Development does not emit a gaseous plume into theairport’s operational airspace at a velocity exceeding4.3m per second.

Emissions do not significantly increase air turbulence,reduce visibility or compromise the operation of aircraftengines in Brisbane airport’s operational airspace.

Note - Refer to State Planning Policy December 2013 mapping toidentify Brisbane airport’s operational airspace. E24.2

Development emitting smoke, dust, ash, steam or agaseous plume exceeding 4.3m per second is designedand constructed to mitigate adverse impacts of emissionsupon operational airspace.

Hazardous Chemicals

Note - To assist in demonstrating compliance with the following performance outcomes, a Hazard Assessment Report may be required tobe prepared and submitted by a suitably qualified person in accordance with 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on developmentinvolving hazardous chemicals'.

Terms used in this section are defined in State 'State Planning Policy Guideline - Guidance on development involving hazardous chemicals'.

E25.1PO25

1935Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 206: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of land zoned for vulnerable or sensitive landuses as described below:

Off sites risks from foreseeable hazard scenariosinvolving hazardous chemicals are commensurate withthe sensitivity of the surrounding land use zones.

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.1 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 0.5 x 10-6/year.

E25.2

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of a commercial or community activity land usezone as described below:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 7kPa overpressure;

ii. 4.7kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.2 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 5 x 10-6/year.

E25.3

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1936

6 Zones

Page 207: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Off site impacts or risks from any foreseeable hazardscenario does not exceed the dangerous dose at theboundary of an industrial land use zone as describedbelow:

Dangerous Dose

a. For any hazard scenario involving the release ofgases or vapours:

i. AEGL2 (60minutes) or if not available ERPG2;

ii. An oxygen content in air <19.5% or >23.5%at normal atmospheric pressure.

b. For any hazard scenario involving fire or explosion:

i. 14kPa overpressure;

ii. 12.6kW/m2 heat radiation.

If criteria E21.3 (a) or (b) cannot be achieved, then therisk of any foreseeable hazard scenario shall not exceedan individual fatality risk level of 50 x 10-6/year.

E26PO26

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are provided with 24 hourmonitoredfire detection system for early detection of a fire event.

Buildings and package stores containing fire-riskhazardous chemicals are designed to detect the earlystages of a fire situation and notify a designated person.

E27PO27

Storage areas containing packages of flammable andtoxic hazardous chemicals are designed with spillcontainment system(s) capable of containing a minimum

Common storage areas containing packages offlammable and toxic hazardous chemicals are designedwith spill containment system(s) that are adequate tocontain releases, including fire fighting media. of the total aggregate capacity of all packages plus the

maximum operating capacity of any fire protection systemfor the storage area(s) over a minimum of 60 minutes.

E28.1PO28

The base of any tank with a WC >2,500L or kg is higherthan any relevant flood height level identified in an area’sflood hazard area. Alternatively:

Storage and handling areas, including manufacturingareas, containing hazardous chemicals in quantitiesgreater than 2,500L or kg within a Local Government“flood hazard area” are located and designed in a mannerto minimise the likelihood of inundation of flood watersfrom creeks, rivers, lakes or estuaries.

a. bulk tanks are anchored so they cannot float ifsubmerged or inundated by water; and

b. tank openings not provided with a liquid tight seal,i.e. an atmospheric vent, are extended above therelevant flood height level.

E28.2

1937Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 208: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The lowest point of any storage area for packages>2,500L or kg is higher than any relevant flood heightlevel identified in an area’s flood hazard area.Alternatively, package stores are provided withimpervious bund walls or racking systems higher thanthe relevant flood height level.

Clearing of habitat trees where not located within the Environmental areas overlay map

No example provided.PO29

a. Development ensures that the biodiversity qualityand integrity of habitats is not adversely impactedupon but maintained and protected.

b. Development does not result in the net loss of faunahabitat. Where development does result in the lossof a habitat tree, development will providereplacement fauna nesting boxes at the followingrate of 1 nest box for every hollow removed. Wherehollows have not yet formed in trees > 80cm indiameter at 1.3m height, 3 nest boxes are requiredfor every habitat tree removed.

c. Development does not result in soil erosion or landdegradation or leave land exposed for anunreasonable period of time but is rehabilitated ina timely manner

Note: Further guidance on habitat trees is provided in Planningscheme policy - Environmental areas

Works criteria

Utilities

E30PO30

Development is connected to underground electricity.The development is connected to an existing reticulatedelectricity supply system approved by the relevant energyregulating authority.

No example provided.PO31

The development has access to telecommunications andbroadband services in accordance with current standards.

E32.1PO32

Where in a sewered area, the development is connectedto a reticulated sewerage network.

The development provides for the treatment and disposalof sewage and other waste water in a way that will notcause environmental harm or pose a risk to public health.

E32.2

Trade waste is pre-treated on-site prior to discharginginto the sewerage network.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1938

6 Zones

Page 209: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E33PO33

Where in an existing connections area or a futureconnections area as detailed in the UnitywaterConnections Policy, the development is connected to the

The development is provided with an adequate andsustainable supply of potable (drinking and general usee.g. gardening, washing, fire fighting) water.

reticulated water supply system in accordance with theSouth East Queensland Water Supply and SewerageDesign and Construction Code and the relevant WaterService Association of Australia (WSAA) codes andstandards.

No example provided.PO34

The development is provided with constructed anddedicated road access.

Access

No example provided.PO35

Where required, access easements contain a drivewayand provision for services appropriate to the use. Theeasement covers all works associated with the accessin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign.

E36.1PO36

The development provides for the extension of the roadnetwork in the area in accordance with Council’s roadnetwork planning.

The layout of the development does not compromise:

a. the development of the road network in the area;b. the function or safety of the road network;c. the capacity of the road network.

E36.2Note - The road hierarchy is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy. The development does not compromise future road

widening of frontage roads in accordance with therelevant standard and Council’s road planning.

E36.3

The lot layout allows forward access to and from the site.

E37.1PO37

Site access and driveways are designed and located inaccordance with:

Safe access is provided for all vehicles required to accessthe site.

a. Where for a Council-controlled road, AS/NZS2890.1section 3; or

b. Where for a State-Controlled road, the SafeIntersection Sight Distance requirements inAustRoads and the appropriate IPWEAQ standarddrawings, or a copy of a Transport InfrastructureAct 1994, section 62 approval.

E37.2

1939Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 210: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Internal driveways and access ways are designed andconstructed in accordance with AS/NZS2890.1 ParkingFacilities – Off street car parking and the relevantstandards in Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - This includes queue lengths (refer to Schedule 8 Servicevehicle requirements), pavement widths and construction.

E37.3

Access driveways, manoeuvring areas and loadingfacilities provide for service vehicles listed in Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements for the relevant use. Theon-site manoeuvring is to be in accordance with Schedule8 Service vehicle requirements.

No example provided.PO38

Upgrade works (whether trunk or non-trunk) are providedwhere necessary to:

a. ensure the type or volume of traffic generated bythe development does not have a negative impacton the external road network;

b. ensure the orderly and efficient continuation of theactive transport network;

c. ensure the site frontage is constructed to a suitableurban standard generally in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Note - An Integrated Transport Assessment (ITA) may be requiredto demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome refer toPlanning scheme policy - Integrated transport assessment forguidance on when an ITA is required. An ITA should be preparedin accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated transportassessment.

Note - The road network is mapped on Overlay map - Roadhierarchy.

Note - The primary and secondary active transport network ismapped on Overlay map - Active transport.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with c. of this performanceoutcome, site frontage works where in existing road reserve(non-trunk) are to be designed and constructed as follows:

i. Where the street is partially established to an urban standard,match the alignment of existing kerb and channel and providecarriageway widening and underground drainage whererequired; or

ii. Where the street is not established to an urban standard,prepare a design that demonstrates how the relevant featuresof the particular road as shown in the Planning scheme policy- Integrated Design can be achieved in the existing reserve.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for roadnetwork and active transport network design standards.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1940

6 Zones

Page 211: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Stormwater

No example provided.PO39

Stormwater run-off from the site is conveyed to a pointof lawful discharge without causing nuisance orannoyance to any person, property or premises.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

Note - A watercourse as defined in the Water Act may be acceptedas a lawful point of discharge providing the drainage discharge fromthe site does not increase the downstream flood levels during eventsup to and including the 1% AEP storm. An afflux of +20mm may beaccepted on Council controlled land and road infrastructure. Noworsening is ensured when stormwater is discharged into acatchment that includes State Transport Infrastructure.

No example provided.PO40

Stormwater generated from the development does notcompromise the capacity of existing stormwaterinfrastructure downstream of the site.

Note - A downstream drainage discharge report in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Stormwater management may be requiredto demonstrate achievement of this performance outcome.

No example provided.PO41

Stormwater quality management systems are designedand constructed to minimise the environmental impactof stormwater discharge on surface and undergroundreceiving water quality and meet the design objectivesin Tables A and B in Appendix 2 of the SPP.

Note - A stormwater management plan prepared by a suitablyqualified professional will be required in accordance with Planningscheme policy - Stormwater management.

No example provided.PO42

Easements for drainage purposes are provided over:

a. stormwater pipes located in freehold land if the pipediameter exceeds 300mm;

b. overland flow paths where they cross more thanone property boundary.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

1941Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 212: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Site works and construction management

No example provided.PO43

The site and any existing structures are maintained in atidy and safe condition.

E44.1PO44

Works incorporate temporary stormwater runoff, erosionand sediment controls and trash traps designed inaccordance with the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning

All works on-site are managed to:

a. minimise as far as practicable, impacts on adjoiningor adjacent premises and the streetscape in regard Guidelines, Planning scheme policy - Stormwater

management and Planning scheme policy - Integrateddesign, including but not limited to the following:

to erosion and sedimentation, dust, noise, safetyand light;

b. minimise as far as possible, impacts on the naturalenvironment; a. stormwater is not discharged to adjacent properties

in a manner that differs significantly frompre-existing conditions;

c. ensure stormwater discharge is managed in amanner that does not cause nuisance or annoyanceto any person or premises; b. stormwater discharged to adjoining and

downstream properties does not cause scour anderosion;

d. avoid adverse impacts on street trees and theircritical root zone.

c. stormwater discharge rates do not exceedpre-existing conditions;

d. the 10% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all temporary diversion drains; and

e. the 50% AEP storm event is the minimum designstorm for all silt barriers and sedimentation basins.

E44.2

Stormwater runoff, erosion and sediment controls areconstructed prior to commencement of any clearing orearthworks and are maintained and adjusted asnecessary at all times to ensure their ongoingeffectiveness.

Note - The measures are adjusted on-site to maximise theireffectiveness.

E44.3

The completed earthworks area is stabilised using turf,established grass seeding, mulch or sprayed stabilisationtechniques to control erosion and sediment and dust fromleaving the property.

E44.4

Where works are proposed in proximity to an existingstreet tree, an inspection and a root management planis undertaken by a qualified arborist which demonstratesand ensures that no permanent damage is caused to thetree.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1942

6 Zones

Page 213: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E45PO45

No dust emissions extend beyond the boundaries of thesite during soil disturbances and construction works.

Dust suppression measures are implemented during soildisturbances and construction works to protect nearbypremises from unreasonable dust impacts.

E46.1PO46

Construction traffic including contractor car parking iscontrolled in accordance with a traffic management plan,prepared in accordance with the Manual of UniformTraffic Control Devices (MUTCD) to ensure all trafficmovements to and from the site are safe.

All works on-site and the transportation of material to andfrom the site are managed to not negatively impact theexisting road network, the amenity of the surroundingarea or the streetscape.

Note - Where the amount of imported or exported material is greaterthan 50m3, a haulage route must be identified and approved byCouncil. E46.2

All contractor car parking is either provided on thedevelopment site, or on an alternative site in the generallocality which has been set aside for car parking.Contractors vehicles are generally not to be parked inexisting roads.

Note - A Traffic Management Plan may be required for the site inaccordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

E46.3

Any material dropped, deposited or spilled on the road(s)as a result of construction processes associated with thesite are to be cleaned at all times.

E47PO47

At completion of construction all disturbed areas of thesite are to be:

All disturbed areas are rehabilitated at the completion ofconstruction.

a. topsoiled with a minimum compacted thickness offifty (50) millimetres;

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design fordetails.

b. grassed.

Note - These areas are to be maintained during any maintenanceperiod to maximise grass coverage from grass seeding of theseareas.

E48.1PO48

All native vegetation to be retained on-site is temporarilyfenced or protected prior to and during developmentworks.

The clearing of vegetation on-site:

a. is limited to the area of infrastructure works, buildingareas and other necessary areas for the works; and

Note - No parking of vehicles of storage of machinery or goods isto occur in these areas during development works.

includes the removal of declared weeds and othermaterials which are detrimental to the intended useof the land;

b.

c. is disposed of in a manner which minimisesnuisance and annoyance to existing premises. E48.2

1943Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 214: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Disposal of materials is managed in one or more of thefollowing ways:

Note - No burning of cleared vegetation is permitted.

a. all cleared vegetation, declared weeds, stumps,rubbish, car bodies, scrap metal and the like areremoved and disposed of in a Council land fillfacility; or

b. all native vegetation with a diameter below 400mmis to be chipped and stored on-site.

Note - The chipped vegetation must be stored in an approvedlocation, preferably a park or public land.

No example provided.PO49

Any alteration or relocation in connection with or arisingfrom the development to any service, installation, plant,equipment or other item belonging to or under the controlof the telecommunications authority, electricity authorities,the Council or other person engaged in the provision ofpublic utility services is to be carried with the developmentand at no cost to Council.

Earthworks

E50.1PO50

All cut and fill batters are provided with appropriate scour,erosion protection and run-off control measures includingcatch drains at the top of batters and lined batter drainsas necessary.

On-site earthworks are designed to consider the visualand amenity impact as they relate to:

a. the natural topographical features of the site;b. short and long-term slope stability;c. soft or compressible foundation soils;

E50.2d. reactive soils;e. low density or potentially collapsing soils; Stabilisation measures are provided, as necessary, to

ensure long-term stability and low maintenance of steeprock slopes and batters.

f. existing fill and soil contamination that may existon-site;

g. the stability and maintenance of steep rock slopesand batters;

E50.3h. excavation (cut) and fill and impacts on the amenityof adjoining lots (e.g. residential).

Inspection and certification of steep rock slopes andbatters is required by a suitably qualified and experiencedRPEQ.

Note - Filling or excavation works are to be completed within sixmonths of the commencement date.

E50.4

All filling or excavation is contained on-site.

E50.5

All fill placed on-site is:

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1944

6 Zones

Page 215: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

a. limited to that required for the necessary approveduse;

b. clean and uncontaminated (i.e. no building waste,concrete, green waste or contaminated materialetc. is used as fill).

E50.6

The site is prepared and the fill placed on-site inaccordance with AS3798.

Note - The fill is to be inspected and tested in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Operational works inspection, maintenanceand bonding procedures.

E51PO51

Any embankments more than 1.5 metres in height arestepped, terraced and landscaped.

Embankments are stepped, terraced and landscaped tonot adversely impact on the visual amenity of thesurrounding area.

Figure - Embankment

E52.1PO52

No filling or excavation is undertaken in an easementissued in favour of Council or a public sector entity.

Filling or excavation is undertaken in a manner that:

a. does not adversely impact on a Council or publicsector entity maintained infrastructure or anydrainage feature on, or adjacent to the land;

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

b. does not preclude reasonable access to a Councilor public sector entity maintained infrastructure or

E52.2any drainage feature on, or adjacent to the land formonitoring, maintenance or replacement purposes.

Filling or excavation that would result in any of thefollowing is not carried out on-site:Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable Planning

Act 2009.a. a reduction in cover over any Council or public

sector entity infrastructure service to less than600mm;

b. an increase in finished surface grade over, or within1.5m on each side of, the Council or public sectorentity infrastructure above that which existed priorto the earthworks being undertaken.

Note - Public sector entity as defined in the Sustainable PlanningAct 2009.

No example provided.PO53

Filling or excavation does not result in land instability.

1945Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 216: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Steep rock slopes and batters are inspected and certified forlong-term stability by a suitably qualified and experiencedgeotechnical engineer with RPEQ qualifications. Stabilisationmeasures are provided, as necessary, to ensure long-term stabilityand low maintenance.

No example provided.PO54

Development does not result in

a. adverse impacts on the hydrological and hydrauliccapacity of the waterway or floodway;

b. increased flood inundation outside the site;c. any reduction in the flood storage capacity in the

floodway;d. and any clearing of native vegetation.

Note - To demonstrate compliance with this outcome, PlanningScheme Policy - Stormwater Management provides guidance onthe preparation of a site based stormwater management plan by asuitably qualified professional. Refer to Planning scheme policy -Integrated design for guidance on infrastructure design andmodellingrequirements.

Retaining walls and structures

E55.1PO55

Earth retaining structures:All earth retaining structures provide a positive interfacewith the streetscape andminimise impacts on the amenityof adjoining residents. a. are not constructed of boulder rocks or timber;

b. where height is no greater than 900mm, areprovided in accordance with Figure - Retaining ona boundary;

Figure - Retaining on boundary

c. where height is greater than 900mm but no greaterthan 1.5m, are to be setback at least the equivalentheight of the retaining structure from any propertyboundary;

d. where height is greater than 1.5m, are to be setbackand stepped 1.5m vertical: 1.5m horizontal,terraced, landscaped and drained as shown below.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1946

6 Zones

Page 217: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Figure - Cut

Figure - Fill

Fire Services

Note - The provisions under this heading only apply if:

a. the development is for, or incorporates:

i. reconfiguring a lot for a community title scheme creating 1 or more vacant lots; orii. material change of use for 2 or more sole occupancy units on the same lot, or within the same community titles scheme; oriii. material change of use for a Tourist park(84) with accommodation in the form of caravans or tents; oriv. material change of use for outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing or outdoor storage where involving combustible materials.

AND

b. none of the following exceptions apply:

i. the distributor-retailer for the area has indicated, in its netserv plan, that the premises will not be served by that entity’s reticulatedwater supply; or

ii. every part of the development site is within 60m walking distance of an existing fire hydrant on the distributor-retailer’s reticulatedwater supply network, measured around all obstructions, either on or adjacent to the site.

1947Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 218: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - The provisions under this heading do not apply to buildings that are required by the Building Code of Australia to have a fire hydrantsystem complying with Australian Standard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations or other fire fighting facilities which provide equivalentprotection.

E56.1PO56

External fire hydrant facilities are provided on site to thestandard prescribed under the relevant parts ofAustralianStandard AS 2419.1 (2005) – Fire Hydrant Installations.

Development incorporates a fire fighting system that:

a. satisfies the reasonable needs of the fire fightingentity for the area;

Note - For this requirement for accepted development, the followingare the relevant parts of AS 2419.1 (2005) that may be applicable:

b. is appropriate for the size, shape and topographyof the development and its surrounds;

c. is compatible with the operational equipmentavailable to the fire fighting entity for the area; a. in regard to the form of any fire hydrant - Part 8.5 and Part

3.2.2.1, with the exception that for Tourist parks(84) ordevelopment comprised solely of dwellings and theird. considers the fire hazard inherent in the materials

comprising the development and their proximity toone another;

associated outbuildings, single outlet above-ground hydrantsor suitably signposted in-ground hydrants would be anacceptable alternative;

e. considers the fire hazard inherent in the surroundsto the development site;

b. in regard to the general locational requirements for firehydrants - Part 3.2.2.2 (a), (e), (f), (g) and (h) as well asAppendix B of AS 2419.1 (2005);f. is maintained in effective operating order.

c. in regard to the proximity of hydrants to buildings and otherfacilities - Part 3.2.2.2 (b), (c) and (d), with the exception that:

Note - The Queensland Fire and Emergency Services is the entitycurrently providing the fire fighting function for the urban areas ofthe Moreton Bay Region.

i. for dwellings and their associated outbuildings, hydrantcoverage need only extend to the roof and externalwalls of those buildings;

ii. for caravans and tents, hydrant coverage need onlyextend to the roof of those tents and caravans;

iii. for outdoor sales(54), processing or storage facilities,hydrant coverage is required across the entire area ofthe outdoor sales(54), outdoor processing and outdoorstorage facilities;

d. in regard to fire hydrant accessibility and clearancerequirements - Part 3.5 and, where applicable, Part 3.6.

E56.2

A continuous path of travel having the followingcharacteristics is provided between the vehicle accesspoint to the site and each external fire hydrant andhydrant booster point on the land:

a. an unobstructed width of no less than 3.5m;b. an unobstructed height of no less than 4.8m;c. constructed to be readily traversed by a 17 tonne

HRV fire brigade pumping appliance;d. an area for a fire brigade pumping appliance to

stand within 20m of each fire hydrant and 8m ofeach hydrant booster point.

E56.3

On-site fire hydrant facilities are maintained in effectiveoperating order in a manner prescribed in AustralianStandard AS1851 (2012) – Routine service of fireprotection systems and equipment.

E57PO57

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1948

6 Zones

Page 219: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings:

On-site fire hydrants that are external to buildings, aswell as the available fire fighting appliance access routesto those hydrants, can be readily identified at all timesfrom, or at, the vehicular entry point to the developmentsite.

a. those external hydrants can be seen from thevehicular entry point to the site; or

b. a sign identifying the following is provided at thevehicular entry point to the site:

i. the overall layout of the development (toscale);

ii. internal road names (where used);

iii. all communal facilities (where provided);

iv. the reception area and on-site manager’soffice (where provided);

v. external hydrants and hydrant booster points;

vi. physical constraints within the internalroadway system which would restrict accessby fire fighting appliances to external hydrantsand hydrant booster points.

Note - The sign prescribed above, and the graphics used are to be:

a. in a form;

b. of a size;

c. illuminated to a level;

which allows the information on the sign to be readily understood,at all times, by a person in a fire fighting appliance up to 4.5m fromthe sign.

E58PO58

For development that contains on-site fire hydrantsexternal to buildings, those hydrants are identified byway of marker posts and raised reflective pavement

Each on-site fire hydrant that is external to a building issignposted in a way that enables it to be readily identifiedat all times by the occupants of any firefighting appliancetraversing the development site. markers in the manner prescribed in the technical note

Fire hydrant indication system produced by theQueensland Department of Transport and Main Roads.

Note - Technical note Fire hydrant indication system is available onthe website of the Queensland Department of Transport and MainRoads.

Use specific criteria

Industrial land uses

E59PO59

1949Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 220: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The combined area of ancillary non-industrial activities,including but not limited to administration and retailfunctions, does not exceed 10% of the GFA or 200m2,whichever is the lesser.

Ancillary office, administration functions, retail sales andcustomer service components do not compromise theprimary use of the site or marine activities in the precinct.

No example provided.PO60

Buildings directly adjoining non-industrial zoned land:

a. are compatible with the character of the adjoiningareas;

b. minimise overlooking and overshadowing;

c. maintain privacy;

d. do not cause significant loss of amenity toneighbouring residents by way of noise, vibration,odour, lighting, traffic generation and hours ofoperation.

No example provided.PO61

Medium impact industry(47) uses only establish in theprecinct where:

a. not constraining the function or viability of existingor future uses in the precinct;

b. not adversely affecting the amenity, health or safetyof employees and visitors of the surrounding uses;

c. not adversely affecting the amenity, health or safetyof nearby sensitive land uses.

Note - Separation distances are to be measured in a straight line,in accordance with the State policy.

No example provided.PO62

Non-industrial components of buildings (including officesand retail areas) are designed as high quality architecturalfeatures and incorporate entry area elements such asforecourts, awnings and the architectural treatment ofroof lines and fascias.

Non-industrial uses

No example provided.PO63

Non-industrial components of buildings (including officesand retail areas) are to be located at the road frontageto assist in activating the frontage and designed as highquality architectural features incorporating entry areaelements such as forecourts, awnings and thearchitectural treatment of roof lines and fascias.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1950

6 Zones

Page 221: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO64

With the exception of Caretaker's accommodation(10),residential and other sensitive land uses do not establishwithin the precinct.

No example provided.PO65

Non-industrial uses:

a. are consolidated with existing non-industrial usesin the precinct;

b. do not compromise the viability, role or function ofthe region's centres network;

c. are not subject to adverse amenity impacts or riskto health from industrial activities;

d. do not constrain the function of viability of existingof future industrial activities in the surrounding area.

Note - The submission of a Hazard and Nuisance Mitigation Planmay be required to justify compliance with this outcome.

Note - An Economic Impact Assessment may be required todemonstrate compliance with part of the outcome/s above. Referto Planning scheme policy - Economic impact assessment forinformation required.

No example provided.PO66

Traffic generated by non-industrial uses does notdetrimentally impact the operation and functionality ofthe external road network.

No example provided.PO67

The design of non-industrial buildings in the precinct:

a. adds visual interest to the streetscape (e.g. variationin materials, patterns, textures and colours, aconsistent building line, blank walls that are visiblefrom public places are treated to not negativelyimpact the surrounding amenity);

b. contributes to a safe environment (e.g. through theuse of lighting and not resulting in concealedrecesses or potential entrapment areas);

c. incorporates architectural features within thebuilding facade at the street level to create humanscale (e.g. awnings).

E68.1PO68

1951Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 222: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The main entrance to the building is clearly visible fromand addresses the primary street frontage.

Building entrances:

a. are readily identifiable from the road frontage;

E68.2b. add visual interest to the streetscape;

Where the building does not adjoin the street frontage,a dedicated and sealed pedestrian footpath is providedbetween the street frontage and the building entrance.

c. are designed to limit opportunities for concealment;

d. are located and oriented to favour active and publictransport usage by connecting to pedestrianfootpaths on the street frontage and adjoining sites.

Note - The design provisions for footpaths outlined in Planningscheme policy - Integrated design may assist in demonstratingcompliance with this outcome.

Caretaker’s accommodation (10)

E69PO69

Caretaker's accommodation(10):Development of Caretaker's accommodation(10):

a. has a maximum GFA is 80m2;a. does not compromise the productivity of the useoccurring on-site and in the surrounding area;

b. does not gain access from a separate driveway tothat of the industrial use;b. is domestic in scale;

c.c. provides a minimum 16m2 of private open spacedirectly accessible from a habitable room;

provides adequate car parking provisions exclusiveon the primary use of the site;

d. d.is safe for the residents; provides car parking in accordance with Schedule7 - Car parking.

e. has regard to the open space and recreation needsof the residents.

Sales office (72)

E70PO70

A Sales office(72) is located on the site for no longer than2 years.

Sales office(72) remain temporary in duration anddemonstrates a relationship to the land or buildings beingdisplayed or sold.

Major electricity infrastructure(43), Substation(80) and Utility installation(86)

E71.1PO71

Development is designed to minimise surrounding landuse conflicts by ensuring infrastructure, buildings,structures and other equipment:

The development does not have an adverse impact onthe visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;a. are enclosed within buildings or structures;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;b. are located behind the main building line;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;c. have a similar height, bulk and scale to the

surrounding fabric;d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

d. have horizontal and vertical articulation applied toall exterior walls.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1952

6 Zones

Page 223: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

E71.2f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape;

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the outside of the fenced area, between thedevelopment and street frontage, side and rearboundaries.

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.

E72PO72

Access control arrangements:Infrastructure does not have an impact on pedestrianhealth and safety.

a. do not create dead-ends or dark alleyways adjacentto the infrastructure;

b. minimise the number and width of crossovers andentry points;

c. provide safe vehicular access to the site;d. do not utilise barbed wire or razor wire.

E73PO73

All equipment which produces audible or non-audiblesound is housed within a fully enclosed buildingincorporating sound control measures sufficient to ensurenoise emissions meet the objectives as set out in theEnvironmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008.

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility:

a. generates no audible sound at the site boundarieswhere in a residential setting; or

b. meet the objectives as set out in the EnvironmentalProtection (Noise) Policy 2008.

Telecommunications facility (81)

Editor's note - In accordance with the Federal legislation Telecommunications facilities (81)must be constructed and operated in a mannerthat will not cause human exposure to electromagnetic radiation beyond the limits outlined in the Radiocommunications (ElectromagneticRadiation - Human Exposure) Standard 2003 and Radio Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3Khzto 300Ghz.

E74.1PO74

New telecommunication facilities(81) are co-located onexisting towers with new equipment shelter andassociated structures positioned adjacent to the existingshelters and structures.

Telecommunications facilities(81) are co-located withexisting telecommunications facilities(81), Utilityinstallation(86), Major electricity infrastructure(43) orSubstation(80) if there is already a facility in the samecoverage area.

E74.2

If not co-located with an existing facility, all co-locationopportunities have been investigated and fully exhaustedwithin a 2km radius of the site.

E75PO75

A minimum of 45m2 is available at ground level to allowfor additional equipment shelters and associatedstructures for the purpose of co-locating on the proposedfacility.

A new Telecommunications facility(81) is designed andconstructed to ensure co-masting or co-siting with othercarriers both on the tower or pole and at ground level ispossible in the future.

E76PO76

1953Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 224: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

The development results in no net reduction in theminimum quantity and standard of landscaping, privateor communal open space or car parking spaces requiredunder the planning scheme or under an existingdevelopment approval.

Telecommunications facilities(81) do not conflict with lawfulexisting land uses both on and adjoining the site.

E77.1PO77

Where in an urban area, the development does notprotrude more than 5m above the level of the existingtreeline, prominent ridgeline or building rooftops in thesurrounding townscape.

The Telecommunications facility(81) does not have anadverse impact on the visual amenity of a locality and is:

a. high quality design and construction;b. visually integrated with the surrounding area;c. not visually dominant or intrusive;

E77.2d. located behind the main building line;e. below the level of the predominant tree canopy or

the level of the surrounding buildings andstructures;

In all other areas towers do not exceed 35m in height.

E77.3f. camouflaged through the use of colours andmaterials which blend into the landscape;

Towers, equipment shelters and associated structuresare of a design, colour and material to:

g. treated to eliminate glare and reflectivity;h. landscaped;i. otherwise consistent with the amenity and character

of the zone and surrounding area.a. reduce recognition in the landscape;b. reduce glare and reflectivity.

E77.4

All structures and buildings are setback behind the mainbuilding line and a minimum of 10m from side and rearboundaries, except where in the Industry and Extractiveindustry zones, the minimum side and rear setback is3m.

Where there is no established building line the facility islocated at the rear of the site.

E77.5

The facility is enclosed by security fencing or by othermeans to ensure public access is prohibited.

E77.6

A minimum 3m wide strip of dense planting is providedaround the perimeter of the fenced area, between thefacility and street frontage and adjoining uses.

Note - Landscaping is provided in accordance with Planning schemepolicy - Integrated design.

Note - Council may require a detailed landscaping plan, preparedby a suitably qualified person, to ensure compliance with Planningscheme policy - Integrated design.

E78PO78

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1954

6 Zones

Page 225: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

An Access and Landscape Plan demonstrates how 24hour vehicular access will be obtained and maintainedto the facility in a manner that is appropriate to the site’scontext.

Lawful access is maintained to the site at all times thatdoes not alter the amenity of the landscape orsurrounding uses.

E79PO79

All equipment comprising the Telecommunicationsfacility(81) which produces audible or non-audible soundis housed within a fully enclosed building incorporating

All activities associated with the development occur withinan environment incorporating sufficient controls to ensurethe facility generates no audible sound at the siteboundaries where in a residential setting. sound control measures sufficient to ensure no noise

from this equipment can be heard, or felt at the siteboundary.

Values and constraints criteria

Note - The relevant values and constraints criteria do not apply where the development is consistent with a current Development permit forReconfiguring a lot or Material change of use or Operational work, where that approval has considered and addressed (e.g. through adevelopment footprint plan (or similar in the case of Landslide hazard) or conditions of approval) the identified value or constraint under thisplanning scheme.

Acid sulfate soils - (refer Overlay map - Acid sulfate soils to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - To demonstrate achievement of the performance outcome, an Acid sulfate soils (ASS) investigation report and soil management plan

is prepared by a qualified engineer. Guidance for the preparation an ASS investigation report and soil management plan is provided in

Planning scheme policy - Acid sulfate soils.

E80PO80

Development does not involve:Development avoids disturbing acid sulfate soils. Wheredevelopment disturbs acid sulfate soils, development:

a. excavation or otherwise removing of more than100m3 of soil or sediment where below than 5mAustralian Height datum AHD; or

a. is managed to avoid or minimise the release ofsurface or groundwater flows containing acid andmetal contaminants into the environment; b. filling of land of more than 500m3 of material with

an average depth of 0.5m or greater where belowthe 5m Australian Height datum AHD.

b. protects the environmental and ecological valuesand health of receiving waters;

c. protects buildings and infrastructure from the effectsof acid sulfate soils.

Environmental areas (refer Overlay map - Environmental areas to determine if the following assessmentcriteria apply)

Note - The following are excluded from the native clearing provisions of this planning scheme:

a. Clearing of native vegetation located within an approved development footprint;

b. Clearing of native vegetation within 10m from a lawfully established building reasonably necessary for emergency access or immediatelyrequired in response to an accident or emergency;

c. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to remove or reduce the risk vegetation poses to serious personal injury or damageto infrastructure;

1955Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 226: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

d. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary to construct and maintain a property boundary fence and not exceed 4m in widtheither side of the fence where in the Rural, Rural residential and Environmental Management and Conservation zones. In any otherzone, clearing is not to exceed 2m in width either side of the fence;

e. Clearing of native vegetation reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintenance or works within a registered easement for publicinfrastructure or drainage purposes;

f. Clearing of native vegetation in accordance with a bushfire management plan prepared by a suitably qualified person, submitted toand accepted by Council;

g. Clearing of native vegetation associated with removal of recognised weed species, maintaining existing open pastures and croppingland, windbreaks, lawns or created gardens;

h. Grazing of native pasture by stock;

i. Native forest practice where accepted development under Part 1, 1.7.7 Accepted development.

Note - Definition for native vegetation is located in Schedule 1 Definitions.

Note - Native vegetation subject to this criteria primarily comprises of matters of national environmental significance (MNES), matters of stateenvironmental significance (MSES). They also comprise some matters of local environmental significance (MLES). A MLES is defined inSchedule 1.2, Administrative definitions. A list of the elements that apply to the mapped MSES and MLES is provided in Appendix 1 of thePlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editors' Note - The accuracy of overlay mapping can be challenged through the development application process (code assessabledevelopment) or by way of a planning scheme amendment. See Council's website for details.

Editors' Note - When clearing native vegetation within a MSES area, you may still require approval from the State government.

Vegetation clearing, ecological value and connectivity

No example provided.PO81

Development avoids locating in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where it is not practicable orreasonable for development to avoid establishing in theseareas, development must ensure that:

a. the quality and integrity of the biodiversity andecological values inherent to a High Value Areaand a Value Offset Area is maintained and not lostor degraded;

b. on-site mitigation measures, mechanisms orprocesses are in place demonstrating the qualityand integrity of the biodiversity and ecologicalvalues inherent to a High Value Area and a ValueOffset Area are maintained. For example, this canbe achieved through replacement, restoration orrehabilitation planting as part of any proposedcovenant, the development of a VegetationManagement Plan, a Fauna Management Plan,and any other on-site mitigation options identifiedin the Planning scheme policy - Environmentalareas*.

* Editor's note - This is not a requirement for an environmental offsetunder the Environmental Offsets Act 2014.

No example provided.PO82

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1956

6 Zones

Page 227: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development provides for safe, unimpeded, convenientand ongoing wildlife movement and establishes andmaintains habitat connectivity by:

a. retaining habitat trees;b. providing contiguous patches of habitat;c. provide replacement and rehabilitation planting to

improve connectivity;d. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;e. providing wildlife movement infrastructure.

Editor's note - Wildlife movement infrastructure may include refugepoles, tree boulevarding, ‘stepping stone’ vegetation plantings,tunnels, appropriate wildlife fencing; culverts with ledges,underpasses, overpasses, land bridges and rope bridges. Furtherinformation is provided in Planning scheme policy – Environmentalareas.

Vegetation clearing and habitat protection

No example provided.PO83

Development ensures that the biodiversity quality andintegrity of habitats is not adversely impacted upon butmaintained and protected.

No example provided.PO84

Development does not result in the net loss ordegradation of habitat value in a High Value Area or aValue Offset Area. Where development does result inthe loss or degradation of habitat value, developmentwill:

a. rehabilitate, revegetate, restore and enhance anarea to ensure it continues to function as a viableand healthy habitat area;

b. provide replacement fauna nesting boxes in theevent of habitat tree loss in accordance withPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas;

c. undertake rehabilitation, revegetation andrestoration in accordance with the South EastQueensland Ecological Restoration Framework.

No example provided.PO85

Development ensures safe, unimpeded, convenient andongoing wildlife movement and habitat connectivity by:

a. providing contiguous patches of habitat;b. avoiding the creation of fragmented and isolated

patches of habitat;c. providing wildlife movement infrastructure;d. providing replacement and rehabilitation planting

to improve connectivity.

Vegetation clearing and soil resource stability

1957Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 228: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

No example provided.PO86

Development does not:

a. result in soil erosion or land degradation;b. leave cleared land exposed for an unreasonable

period of time but is rehabilitated in a timely manner.

Vegetation clearing and water quality

No example provided.PO87

Development maintains or improves the quality ofgroundwater and surface water within, and downstream,of a site by:

a. ensuring an effective vegetated buffers andsetbacks from waterbodies is retained to achievenatural filtration and reduce sediment loads;

b. avoiding or minimising changes to landforms tomaintain hydrological water flows;

c. adopting suitable measures to exclude livestockfrom entering a waterbody where a site is beingused for animal husbandry(4) and animal keeping(5)

activities.

No example provided.PO88

Development minimises adverse impacts of stormwaterrun-off on water quality by:

a. minimising flow velocity to reduce erosion;b. minimising hard surface areas;c. maximising the use of permeable surfaces;d. incorporating sediment retention devices;e. minimising channelled flow.

Vegetation clearing and access, edge effects and urban heat island effects

No example provided.PO89

Development retains safe and convenient public accessin a manner that does not result in the adverse edgeeffects or the loss or degradation of biodiversity valueswithin the environment.

No example provided.PO90

Development minimises potential adverse ‘edge effects’on ecological values by:

a. providing dense planting buffers of native vegetationbetween a development and environmental areas;

b. retaining patches of native vegetation of greatestpossible size where located between a developmentand environmental areas ;

c. restoring, rehabilitating and increasing the size ofexisting patches of native vegetation;

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1958

6 Zones

Page 229: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

d. ensuring that buildings and access (public andvehicle) are setback as far as possible fromenvironmental areas and corridors;

e. landscaping with native plants of local origin.

Editor's note - Edge effects are factors of development that go todetrimentally affecting the composition and density of naturalpopulations at the fringe of natural areas. Factors include weedinvasion, pets, public and vehicle access, nutrient loads, noise andlight pollution, increased fire frequency and changes in thegroundwater and surface water flow.

No example provided.PO91

Development avoids adverse microclimate change anddoes not result in increased urban heat island effects.Adverse urban heat island effects are minimised by:

a. pervious surfaces;b. providing deeply planted vegetation buffers and

green linkage opportunities;c. landscaping with local native plant species to

achieve well-shaded urban places;d. increasing the service extent of the urban forest

canopy.

Vegetation clearing and Matters of Local Environmental Significance (MLES) environmental offsets

No example provided.PO92

Where development results in the unavoidable loss ofnative vegetation within a Value Offset Area MLESwaterway buffer or a Value Offset Area MLES wetlandbuffer, an environmental offset is required in accordancewith the environmental offset requirements identified inPlanning scheme policy - Environmental areas.

Editor's note - For MSES Koala Offsets, the environmental offsetprovisions in schedule 11 of the Regulation, in combination with therequirements of the Environmental Offset Act 2014, apply.

Heritage and landscape character (refer Overlay map - Heritage and landscape character to determine ifthe following assessment criteria apply)

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of heritage performance outcomes, a Cultural heritage impact assessment report is preparedby a suitably qualified person verifying the proposed development is in accordance with The Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter.

Note - To assist in demonstrating achievement of this performance outcome, a Tree assessment report is prepared by a qualified arborist inaccordance with Planning scheme policy – Heritage and landscape character. The Tree assessment report will also detail the measuresadopted in accordance with AS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites.

Note - Places, including sites, objects and buildings having local cultural heritage significance, are identified on Overlay map - Heritage andlandscape character and listed in Schedule 1 of Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Places also having culturalheritage significance at a State level and being entered in the Queensland Heritage Register, are also identified in Schedule 1 of Planningscheme policy - Heritage and landscape character.

E93PO93

1959Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 230: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development is for the preservation, maintenance, repairand restoration of a site, object or building of culturalheritage value.

Development will:

a. not diminish or cause irreversible damage to thecultural heritage values present on the site, andassociated with a heritage site, object or building; Note - A cultural heritage conservation management plan for the

preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration of a site, objectb. protect the fabric and setting of the heritage site,object or building; or building of cultural heritage value is prepared in accordance with

Planning scheme policy - Heritage and landscape character. Thec. be consistent with the form, scale and style of theheritage site, object or building;

plan is sent to, and approved by Council prior to the commencementof any preservation, maintenance, repair and restoration works.

d. utilise similar materials to those existing, or wherethis is not reasonable or practicable, neutralmaterials and finishes;

e. incorporate complementary elements, detailing andornamentation to those present on the heritage site,object or building;

f. retain public access where this is currently provided.

No example provided.PO94

Demolition and removal is only considered where:

a. a report prepared by a suitably qualifiedconservation architect or conservation engineerdemonstrates that the building is structurallyunsound and is not reasonably capable of economicrepair; or

b. demolition is confined to the removal ofoutbuildings, extensions and alterations that arenot part of the original structure; or

c. limited demolition is performed in the course ofrepairs, maintenance or restoration; or

d. demolition is performed following a catastrophicevent which substantially destroys the building orobject.

No example provided.PO95

Where development is occurring on land adjoining a siteof cultural heritage value, the development is to besympathetic to and consistent with the cultural heritagevalues present on the site and not result in their valuesbeing eroded, degraded or unreasonably obscured frompublic view.

E96PO96

Development does:Development does not adversely impact upon the healthand vitality of significant trees. Where developmentoccurs in proximity to a significant tree, construction a. not result in the removal of a significant tree;

b. not occur within 20m of a protected tree;measures and techniques as detailed in AS 4970-2009Protection of trees on development sites are adopted toensure a significant tree's health, wellbeing and vitality.

c. involve pruning of a tree in accordance withAustralian Standard AS 4373-2007 – Pruning ofAmenity Trees.

Significant trees are only removed where they are in apoor state of health or where they pose a health andsafety risk to persons or property. A Tree Assessmentreport prepared by a suitably qualified arborist confirminga tree's state of health is required to demonstrateachievement of this performance outcome.

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1960

6 Zones

Page 231: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Overland flow path (refer Overlaymap - Overland flow path to determine if the following assessment criteriaapply)

Note - The applicable river and creek flood planning levels associated with defined flood event (DFE) within the inundation area can beobtained by requesting a flood check property report from Council.

No example provided.PO97

Development:

a. minimises the risk to persons from overland flow;b. does not increase the potential for damage from

overland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public land, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

No example provided.PO98

Development:

a. maintains the conveyance of overland flowpredominantly unimpeded through the premises forany event up to and including the 1% AEP for thefully developed upstream catchment;

b. does not concentrate, intensify or divert overlandflow onto an upstream, downstream or surroundingproperty.

Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the developmentdoes not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises.

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow.

No example provided.PO99

Development does not:

a. directly, indirectly or cumulatively cause anyincrease in overland flow velocity or level;

b. increase the potential for flood damage fromoverland flow either on the premises or otherpremises, public lands, watercourses, roads orinfrastructure.

Note - Open concrete drains greater than 1m in width are not anacceptable outcome, nor are any other design options that mayincrease scouring.

E100PO100

Development ensures that a hazardous chemical is notlocated or stored in an Overland flow path area.

Development ensures that public safety and the risk tothe environment are not adversely affected by adetrimental impact of overland flow on a hazardouschemical located or stored on the premises.

1961Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones

Page 232: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Note - Refer to theWork Health and Safety Act 2011 and associatedRegulation and Guidelines, the Environmental Protection Act 1994and the relevant building assessment provisions under the BuildingAct 1975 for requirements related to the manufacture and storageof hazardous substances.

E101PO101

Development which is not in a Rural zone that anoverland flow paths and drainage infrastructure isprovided to convey overland flow from a road or publicopen space area away from a private lot.

Development which is not in a Rural zone ensures thatoverland flow is not conveyed from a road or public openspace onto a private lot.

E102.1PO102

Development ensures that roof and allotment drainageinfrastructure is provided in accordance with the followingrelevant level as identified in QUDM:

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure, overland flow paths and open drainsthrough private property cater for overland flows for afully developed upstream catchment and are able to beeasily maintained. a. Urban area – Level III;

b. Rural area – N/A;Note - A report from a suitably qualified Registered ProfessionalEngineer Queensland is required certifying that the development

c. Industrial area – Level V;d. Commercial area – Level V.

does not increase the potential for significant adverse impacts onan upstream, downstream or surrounding premises. E102.2

Note - Reporting to be prepared in accordance with Planning schemepolicy – Flood hazard, Coastal hazard and Overland flow

Development ensures that inter-allotment drainageinfrastructure is designed to accommodate any event upto and including the 1% AEP for the fully developedupstream catchment.

No example provided.PO103

Development protects the conveyance of overland flowsuch that an easement for drainage purposes is providedover:

a. a stormwater pipe if the nominal pipe diameterexceeds 300mm;

b. an overland flow path where it crosses more thanone premises;

c. inter-allotment drainage infrastructure.

Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Integrated design for detailsand examples.

Note - Stormwater Drainage easement dimensions are provided inaccordance with Section 3.8.5 of QUDM.

Additional criteria for development for a Park(57)

E104PO104

Commenced 1 February 2016 Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme1962

6 Zones

Page 233: Superseded Version 3 - Part 6 Zones - 6.2.7 Industry zone ......RAD18 PO41,PO44 PO40,PO43 PO39,PO42 PO39,PO42 PO41,PO44 RAD19 PO43 PO42 PO41 PO41 PO43 RAD20 PO47 PO46 PO45 PO45 PO50

Development for a Park(57) ensures works are providedin accordance with the requirements set out in AppendixB of the Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Development for a Park(57) ensures that the design andlayout responds to the nature of the overland flowaffecting the premises such that:

a. public benefit and enjoyment is maximised;

b. impacts on the asset life and integrity of parkstructures is minimised;

c. maintenance and replacement costs are minimised.

Riparian and wetland setbacks

E105PO105

Development does not occur within:Development provides and maintains a suitable setbackfrom waterways and wetlands that protects natural andenvironmental values. This is achieved by recognisingand responding to the following matters:

a. 50m from top of bank for W1 waterway anddrainage line

b. 30m from top of bank for W2 waterway anddrainage line

a. impact on fauna habitats;

b. impact on wildlife corridors and connectivity;c. 20m from top of bank for W3 waterway and

drainage linec. impact on stream integrity;

d.d. 100m from the edge of a Ramsar wetland, 50mfrom all other wetlands.

impact of opportunities for revegetation andrehabilitation planting;

e. edge effects.Note - W1, W2 and W3 waterway and drainage lines, and wetlandsare mapped on Schedule 2, Section 2.5 Overlay Maps – Riparianand wetland setbacks.

1963Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme Commenced 1 February 2016

6 Zones